Post on 06-May-2018
1 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
The DGS Group of Companies - your Supply Chain Partner
Over Thirty Five years Leading the Door and
Window Industry
Since 1977 the name DGS has become synonymous with service and value
Formed in the very early days of double glazing technology our focus on
technical expertise and customer satisfaction has lead to the development of
todayrsquos highly successful multi-million pound business
This catalogue is intended as a guide only products are continuously
developed and improved and we reserve the right to change products without
notice For technical specifications please contact your local DGS Branch or
visit wwwdgsgroupcouk
As environmental and security matters have become increasingly pressing
and are enforced by legislation a prime focus of DGS is to carefully monitor
legislative and technical trends in the industry We constantly work with
innovative suppliers throughout the UK Europe and beyond enabling us to
offer the latest technological solutions such as lsquowarm edgersquo and lsquogas fillrsquo Our
up-to-date knowledge makes it possible for us to offer products which will
enable you to comply with current and known future specifications
We are pleased to announce we are GGF members as of 2013
Our expertise help and assistance are always available We invite you to
make contact with our sales team throughout the UK and Ireland so that we
can help you make informed decisions about your choices from our extensive
range of window and door hardware sealed unit materials building plastics
and ancillaries
There are 11 strategically placed branches including over 100000 square
feet of manufacturing and warehouse space at our head office in Derbyshire
and across the country We have our own fleet of 35 vehicles out daily
delivering to most parts of the UK and Ireland
All information in this catalogue is for information and guidance only We
have taken all reasonable due care to ensure the information contained within
our website is accurate and current but we do not accept any liability for any
inaccuracy or omission
It is the customers sole responsibility to ascertain compatibility and suitability
of products For any specific applications we recommend that you seek further advice
If you have any questions please contact our head office on 01332 811611
The Complete One Stop Distributors of Window amp Door Hardware Sealed Unit Consumables and Fitting Materials
2 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
REACH Regulations
REACH regulations apply to all products imported into the EU from 31st May
2013 and enforcement of the criteria is with the Health and Safety Executive
Any products that do not comply cannot legally be sold past this date and all
IG units MUST HAVE REACH certification
We at DGS are extremely pleased to get complete REACH approval for our
quality range of GLASMOL Desiccants
CE Marking
From 1st July 2013 all products under the CPR (Construction Products
Regulation) will have to show the CE mark on their label This is a legal
requirement To use the CE mark all products used must comply with the
relevant standards ie desiccant must have REACH regulation
Penalties up to pound5000 fine can be imposed for not CE marking or for using the
CE mark without compliance ALL PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY THE DGS GROUP
COMPLY WITH THE NEW REGULATIONS
News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Increased Spacer Print Capacity
DGS invest in more capacity at its Donington HQ
The ever increasing demand for printed warm edge products has
necessitated further investment by DGS to again increase printing
capacity
Managing Director David Aucott says
ldquoThe increase in demand for printed warm edge bar has been quite
extraordinary We have been struggling for some time to keep pace with
the phenomenal increase in sales of these products and we had no choice
but install another printing line at our Donington hub We now have a
number of lines and combining these with shift working enables us to cope
with the demand
We always have an eye on the need to maintain and improve current
customer serviceability and this commitment should not be compromised by
new business I am quite sure that yet another line will be required in the
near future and the planning for this is at an advanced stage
Having multiple lines does give us flexibility and also allows us to
thoroughly maintain our equipmentrdquo
DGS use high performance UV resistant ldquobluerdquo print as the standard for all warm edge
products making the print easily visible even on the very popular black bars
Default Window Specification Method for
Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a new simple method of ensuring
compliance with the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed
that that the WERs method (Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a
computer simulation taking into account (various variables) in the construction of
the window was the only way of proving building regulation compliance
However this new method known as the lsquodefault window specificationrsquo states
that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with an IGU
comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no
further proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendices on page 56
3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
The Sealed Unit Guide
Swisspacer Ultimate
The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy
efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT
Rosenheim
The Best Energy Efficiency
Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars
The Best Comfort
Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round
The Best Aesthetics
Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours
The Best Long Lasting Performance
High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year
For more information see page 9
Swiss Duplex Grille Systems
Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size
available
Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that
enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of
multiple sealed units
Kommerling Kodimelt IG
NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features
very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized
or stainless steel
For more information see page 26
4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar
Now with improved thermal performance
DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal
performance backing manufactured from APB polymer
Features
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily
damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will
always fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust
resistance For more information see page 13
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with
aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a
simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer
bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is
eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units
and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total
flexibility is assured
For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field
For more information see page 38
The Sealed Unit Guide
5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
In This Issue
Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7
Rating System 8
Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9
Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12
Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15
Super Spacer 16
Gas Filling and Testing 17
Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18
Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20
Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23
Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24
Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26
Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27
2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28
Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28
Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29
Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29
DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29
Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30
Glasmol CE Desiccant 30
Desiccant Dispensers 31
Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32
Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37
Varsavia Georgian Bar 38
Decorative Products Lead 40
Lead Adhesive Remover 41
Bevel Adhesives 41
Coloured Films 41
Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42
Soudafoam 1K B3 42
Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
REACH Regulations
REACH regulations apply to all products imported into the EU from 31st May
2013 and enforcement of the criteria is with the Health and Safety Executive
Any products that do not comply cannot legally be sold past this date and all
IG units MUST HAVE REACH certification
We at DGS are extremely pleased to get complete REACH approval for our
quality range of GLASMOL Desiccants
CE Marking
From 1st July 2013 all products under the CPR (Construction Products
Regulation) will have to show the CE mark on their label This is a legal
requirement To use the CE mark all products used must comply with the
relevant standards ie desiccant must have REACH regulation
Penalties up to pound5000 fine can be imposed for not CE marking or for using the
CE mark without compliance ALL PRODUCTS SUPPLIED BY THE DGS GROUP
COMPLY WITH THE NEW REGULATIONS
News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Increased Spacer Print Capacity
DGS invest in more capacity at its Donington HQ
The ever increasing demand for printed warm edge products has
necessitated further investment by DGS to again increase printing
capacity
Managing Director David Aucott says
ldquoThe increase in demand for printed warm edge bar has been quite
extraordinary We have been struggling for some time to keep pace with
the phenomenal increase in sales of these products and we had no choice
but install another printing line at our Donington hub We now have a
number of lines and combining these with shift working enables us to cope
with the demand
We always have an eye on the need to maintain and improve current
customer serviceability and this commitment should not be compromised by
new business I am quite sure that yet another line will be required in the
near future and the planning for this is at an advanced stage
Having multiple lines does give us flexibility and also allows us to
thoroughly maintain our equipmentrdquo
DGS use high performance UV resistant ldquobluerdquo print as the standard for all warm edge
products making the print easily visible even on the very popular black bars
Default Window Specification Method for
Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a new simple method of ensuring
compliance with the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed
that that the WERs method (Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a
computer simulation taking into account (various variables) in the construction of
the window was the only way of proving building regulation compliance
However this new method known as the lsquodefault window specificationrsquo states
that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with an IGU
comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no
further proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendices on page 56
3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
The Sealed Unit Guide
Swisspacer Ultimate
The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy
efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT
Rosenheim
The Best Energy Efficiency
Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars
The Best Comfort
Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round
The Best Aesthetics
Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours
The Best Long Lasting Performance
High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year
For more information see page 9
Swiss Duplex Grille Systems
Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size
available
Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that
enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of
multiple sealed units
Kommerling Kodimelt IG
NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features
very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized
or stainless steel
For more information see page 26
4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar
Now with improved thermal performance
DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal
performance backing manufactured from APB polymer
Features
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily
damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will
always fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust
resistance For more information see page 13
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with
aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a
simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer
bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is
eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units
and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total
flexibility is assured
For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field
For more information see page 38
The Sealed Unit Guide
5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
In This Issue
Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7
Rating System 8
Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9
Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12
Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15
Super Spacer 16
Gas Filling and Testing 17
Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18
Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20
Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23
Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24
Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26
Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27
2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28
Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28
Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29
Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29
DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29
Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30
Glasmol CE Desiccant 30
Desiccant Dispensers 31
Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32
Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37
Varsavia Georgian Bar 38
Decorative Products Lead 40
Lead Adhesive Remover 41
Bevel Adhesives 41
Coloured Films 41
Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42
Soudafoam 1K B3 42
Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
3 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
The Sealed Unit Guide
Swisspacer Ultimate
The most energy efficient foiled warm edge spacer bar SWISSPACERrsquos new ULTIMATE spacer bar sets a new standard in energy
efficiency comfort and structural stability ULTIMATE came top in independent tests of all warm edge spacers conducted by IFT
Rosenheim
The Best Energy Efficiency
Ultimate has the best thermal conductivity value of all foiled warm edge spacer bars
The Best Comfort
Ultimate spacer ultimate comfort Windows with Ultimate inside keep homes at a comfortable temperature all year round
The Best Aesthetics
Ultimate has a satin finish and the widest choice of colours
The Best Long Lasting Performance
High Tech Gas Barrier keeps sealed units performing year after year
For more information see page 9
Swiss Duplex Grille Systems
Exclusive to DGS compatible with Swiss Spacer New 14mm size
available
Simple and easy to assemble this is a unique bespoke system that
enables the fabrication of one sealed unit but gives the appearance of
multiple sealed units
Kommerling Kodimelt IG
NEW solvent-free one component sealant Suitable for sealing insulating glass units It features
very low water vapour and gas transmission rate good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized
or stainless steel
For more information see page 26
4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar
Now with improved thermal performance
DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal
performance backing manufactured from APB polymer
Features
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily
damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will
always fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust
resistance For more information see page 13
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with
aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a
simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer
bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is
eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units
and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total
flexibility is assured
For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field
For more information see page 38
The Sealed Unit Guide
5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
In This Issue
Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7
Rating System 8
Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9
Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12
Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15
Super Spacer 16
Gas Filling and Testing 17
Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18
Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20
Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23
Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24
Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26
Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27
2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28
Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28
Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29
Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29
DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29
Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30
Glasmol CE Desiccant 30
Desiccant Dispensers 31
Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32
Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37
Varsavia Georgian Bar 38
Decorative Products Lead 40
Lead Adhesive Remover 41
Bevel Adhesives 41
Coloured Films 41
Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42
Soudafoam 1K B3 42
Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
4 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
More News and Views - Whats Happening at DGS
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar
Now with improved thermal performance
DGS are pleased to announce the implementation of an improved thermal
performance backing manufactured from APB polymer
Features
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily
damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will
always fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust
resistance For more information see page 13
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with
aluminium stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a
simple steel pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer
bar furthermore the need to preload the spacer bar with desiccant is
eliminated This enables manufacturers to fabricate decorative sealed units
and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit assembly and sealing total
flexibility is assured
For more information see page 51 New DGS Pin Gun
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified manufactured in accordance with UNI EN 1279 regulation adjustable to any architectural need highly resistant at any latitude and climatic zone and long-lasting Their linear thermal transmittance is basically nil centesimal (UNI EN 10077) Surfaces are powder-coated by extraordinary long-lasting natural pigments with high capacities to stand extended exposure to sunlight and corrosion Surfaces are anodised by chemical polishing and foils are certified by the most famous quality label organisations of the field
For more information see page 38
The Sealed Unit Guide
5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
In This Issue
Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7
Rating System 8
Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9
Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12
Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15
Super Spacer 16
Gas Filling and Testing 17
Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18
Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20
Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23
Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24
Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26
Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27
2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28
Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28
Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29
Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29
DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29
Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30
Glasmol CE Desiccant 30
Desiccant Dispensers 31
Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32
Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37
Varsavia Georgian Bar 38
Decorative Products Lead 40
Lead Adhesive Remover 41
Bevel Adhesives 41
Coloured Films 41
Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42
Soudafoam 1K B3 42
Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
5 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
The Sealed Unit Guide
In This Issue
Spacer Bar Warm Edge Warm - An introduction 7
Rating System 8
Swisspacer Warm Edge Technology Spacer Bar 9
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar - Economy and Performance 9
Swisspacer Duplex System (Georgian Bar) 12
Swisspacer Double Face System (Georgian Bar) 12
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar 13
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar 15
Super Spacer 16
Gas Filling and Testing 17
Alupro Bendable Spacer Bar 18
Alupro Standard Induction Welded Spacer Bar 20
Duplex System for Standard Spacer Bars 23
Alupro Double Face Spacer Bar 24
Hot Melt Sealant Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hot Melt Sealant 25
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt 26
Bostik 5200 Hot Melt 27
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant 27
2 Part Sealant Fenzi Thiover two-part polysulphide sealant 28
Emcepren 200 Polyurethane Insulating Glass Sealant 28
Primary Sealant Sealant Fenzi Butylver Primary Sealant 29
Bostik Findley 2000 Primary 29
DGS PIB Tape and Applicator 29
Desiccant Glasmol Desiccant 30
Glasmol CE Desiccant 30
Desiccant Dispensers 31
Georgian Bar Alupro Aluminium Georgian Bar 32
Germanella P Decorative Georgian Bar in Gold or Chrome 37
Varsavia Georgian Bar 38
Decorative Products Lead 40
Lead Adhesive Remover 41
Bevel Adhesives 41
Coloured Films 41
Foams TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner 42
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam 42
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns 42
Soudafoam 1K B3 42
Miscellaneous Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
Ionic NM-60 Demineraliser 43
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Aerosol Glass Cleaner 43
DGS Cleaning Paper 43
Steel Wool 43
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
6 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
In This Issuemdashcontinued
Miscellaneous - Continued Industrial Swipex Wipes 44
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive 44
EvoStik Solvent Cleaner 44
Empty Spray Bottle 44
DGS Cyanacrylate Adhesive (Super Glue) 44
DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner and Cream Cleaner 45
Bostik EvoStik 8924 PVCu Adhesive 45
TradeSeal SX Activator 45
Silicone Pads 46
Foam Protection Pads 46
Cork Protection Pads 46
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles 46
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides 46
Sealants TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic 47
Tradeseal Lead Sheet Sealant 47
Tradeseal Sanitary Silicone 47
Tradeseal Mirror Adhesive 47
Tradeseal LMN Silicone 47
Tradeseal LMA Silicone 48
Fixall Crystal ClearHigh Tack 48
Silirub2 48
Tapes Primary Seal PIB Tape 49
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 49
Double-sided Spacer Bar Tape 50
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape 50
Protection Tape 50
Tools New DGS Pin Gun 51
Glass Cutter 51
Pad Lifters 51
Suction Lathes 51
Glas-o-meter Sealed Unit and Glass Measuring Device 52
Chinagraph Pencils 52
PowerLock Tape Measure 52
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) 52
Putty Knife 52
Stanley Scraper 53
Razor Blades 53
Stanley Knife 53
Stanley Blades 53
Skeleton Gun 53
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun 53
Rubber Lead Roller 53
Boning Peg 53
Appendices National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 2010 55
Energy Saving Trust 2010 55
Default Window Specification 2010 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
The Sealed Unit Guide
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
7 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - An Introduction
Warm Edge Spacers ndash An Introduction
The use of aluminium spacer bar in IG units relies essentially on 1960s and 1970s
technologies It is not surprising that aluminium has had such a long run as it has
excellent mechanical properties and has been relatively economical to use Unfortunately
aluminium is an excellent heat conductor and the aluminium spacer used in most systems
represents a significant thermal drain at the edge of the unit and this significantly
downgrades the benefits of double glazing The increased heat loss at the colder edge is
also prone to condensation
With carbon emissions high on the global agenda and the current high cost of fuel
consumers are looking for ways to make their homes more energy efficient Indeed laws
will soon be in force to ensure that any IG unit meets at least a lsquoCrsquo rating in the National
Energy Ratings System (see below) Compulsory lsquoCrsquo rating or above came into force in UK
Building Regulations in October 2010
In response to these issues manufacturers have developed a series of innovative edge
systems including solutions that depend on material substitutions as well as radical new
designs DGS are at the forefront of being aware of and stocking these exciting new
products
Aluminium Substitution
One approach to reducing heat loss has been to replace the aluminium spacer with a
metal that is less conductive eg stainless steel and change the cross-sectional shape of
the spacer These designs are widely used in windows today An example is Chromatech
Plus stainless steel bar available from DGS
Complete Elimination of Metal
Another approach is to replace the metal with a design that uses materials that are better
insulating DGSrsquos Super Spacer range is a no-metal pre-desiccated structural foam
spacer system helping to deliver windows of very high standards
Hybrid Designs
DGS can also offer hybrid designs that incorporate thermal breaks in metal spacers
Swiss Ultimatereg from Saint-Gobain is a thermally optimised spacer bar made from a
highly insulating composite plastic Extremely thin metal membranes consisting of either
aluminium or stainless steel guarantee both leak tightness for the filling gases and water
vapour and an excellent adhesion for all insulation glass sealing compounds
Another spacer in the DGS range Chromatech Ultra from the Alupro Group of companies
This uses a combination of APB engineering polymer and stainless steel This combination
gives a very low PSI Value and workability on all known bending machines Furthermore
it does not exhibit problems with static electricity and porosity for moisture and gas
The APB polymer has the advantage that it can be bent in the cold condition and does not
spring back after bending The use of stainless steel ensures that this spacer gives
excellent corners and straight sides
Thermal Efficiency
On 15 July 2013 in light of revisions to BS EN 1007722012 the BFRC is withdrawing
the list of spacer bar conductivity values previously circulated to simulators
The European Warm Edge Working Group is now responsible for this The working group
is made up of the leading warm edge spacer bar suppliers in Europe and includes a
representative from the BFRC It is run under the guidance of the Bundesverband Flacglas
(BF) Group and works closely with IFT Rosenheim which has tested each spacer bar on
the Bundesverband Flachglas (BF) website under identical conditions
Simulators should now refer to the BF website and take equivalent 2-box model
conductivity values for spacer bars from the appropriate datasheet according to WA-171
These can be downloaded at wwwbundesverband-flachglasdeshopkostenfreie-
downloadsbf-data-sheets-english
The tests show that SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the only warm edge spacer bar that
can be substituted for any other spacer bar
Chromatech Plus
Super Spacer
Chromatech Ultra
Swisspacer U
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
8 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Approved Schemes
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
For more information see page 55
Default Window Specification method for Building Regulation Compliance
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance
More detail is shown in the appendix on page 56
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information see page 55 and visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
9 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Systems
Swisspacer U - the Ultimate High Performance Bar Launched in March 2013 SWISSPACER ULTIMATE is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in
official tests for IFT Rosenheim
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to
maintain that performance for years by preventing insulating gas leaking out and
moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and
a backing foil that is capable of stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission
so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or
aluminium in preventing gas and moisture vapour transmission
Of course the lifetime performance of a sealed unit depends on the volume and quality of
other products such as sealants and desiccants as well as how well made it is But
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier stops 100 of gas leaking out and moisture getting into
the sealed unit through the spacer bar so manufacturers do not have to rely on the
sealant and desiccant to do most of the work
Swisspacer U Codes
Swisspacer Alufoil Bar -
Economy and Performance
In applications where the sacrifice
of ultimate performance in favour
of economy is required Swisspacer
Alufoil Bar fits the bill perfectly
Make no mistake however this is
still a very high performance warm
edge product Instead of the
stainless steel foil used in
Swisspacer V a more economical
aluminium backing is used
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box
Swisspacer Alufoil 8mm (51m length) SWISSA08BK SWISSA08GY SWISSA08WH 240
Swisspacer Alufoil 10mm (51m length) SWISSA10BK SWISSA10GY SWISSA10WH 216
Swisspacer Alufoil 12mm (51m length) SWISSA12BK SWISSA12GY SWISSA12WH 168
Swisspacer Alufoil 14mm (51m length) SWISSA14BK SWISSA14GY SWISSA14WH 144
Swisspacer Alufoil 16mm (51m length) SWISSA16BK SWISSA16GY SWISSA16WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 18mm (51m length) SWISSA18BK SWISSA18GY SWISSA18WH 120
Swisspacer Alufoil 20mm (51m length) SWISSA20BK SWISSA20GY SWISSA20WH 96
Description Code Black Code Titanium
Grey Code White
Lengths
per Box Code Light Grey
Swisspacer U 8mm (51m length) SWISSU08BK SWISSU08GY SWISSU08WH 240 SWISSU08LG
Swisspacer U 10mm (51m length) SWISSU10BK SWISSU10GY SWISSU10WH 216 SWISSU10LG
Swisspacer U 12mm (51m length) SWISSU12BK SWISSU12GY SWISSU12WH 168 SWISSU12LG
Swisspacer U 14mm (51m length) SWISSU14BK SWISSU14GY SWISSU14WH 144 SWISSU14LG
Swisspacer U 16mm (51m length) SWISSU16BK SWISSU16GY SWISSU16WH 120 SWISSU16LG
Swisspacer U 18mm (51m length) SWISSU18BK SWISSU18GY SWISSU18WH 120 SWISSU18LG
Swisspacer U 20mm (51m length) SWISSU20BK SWISSU20GY SWISSU20WH 96 SWISSU20LG
Swisspacer U 22mm (51m length) SWISSU22BK SWISSU22GY SWISSU22LG SWISSU22WH 96
Swisspacer U 24mm (51m length) SWISSU24BK SWISSU24GY SWISSU24LG SWISSU24WH 96
Benefits of SWISSPACER
ULTIMATE - The best foiled warm edge spacer bar on the market ndash tried and tested by ift Rosenheim - ULTIMATE gives the best performance and it lasts Its High Tech Gas Barrier stops moisture getting in and insulating gas getting out of the sealed unit so performance doesnrsquot drop - Can be used lsquoout of the boxrsquo with cut and corner keys and on existing machinery or with specialist welders and benders for mass production - Ideal for triple glazing because it has a strong rigid structure - Its attractive matt sheen finish does not reflect on the glass or disturb the clean lines of the glazing Available in a choice of 17 colours
please contact your local branch for
details of colours available
Detailed modelling Material Thickness Conductivity (W Mk)
Plastic SAN GF35 1mm Λ= 016
SWS-U High Tech Gas
Barrier Foil
97microm Λ = 025
2-Box Modelling
(measured according IFT
Guideline WA 171)
Box Value Box 2 Spacer (inc Desiccant + Butyl) Box Height
65mm 014 WmK
Swisspacer A Codes
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
10 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Components
DGS Swiss standard Key 16 and 20mm
version
Swisspacer Standard Corner Key available in
8mm 10mm 22mm 24mm and 27mm
Swisspacer Flexible
Corner Key
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSDCK16GY SWISSDCK16BK 1000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSDCK20GY SWISSDCK20BK 1000
DGS Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm -
an alternative component
Description Code Corner Key
Grey
Code Corner Key
Black Box
Standard Corner Key 8mm SWISSCK08 SWISSCK08BK 3500
Standard Corner Key 10mm SWISSCK10 SWISSCK10BK 2500
Standard Corner Key 22mm SWISSCK22 SWISSCK22BK 1700
Standard Corner Key 24mm SWISSCK24 SWISSCK24BK 1500
Standard Corner Key 27mm SWISSCK27 SWISSCK27BK 1400
Standard Corner Keys for Swisspacer in all Sizes
Flexible Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Description Flexi Corner
Key Black
Flexi Corner Key
White
Flexi Corner Key
Grey Box
Flexi Corner Key 8mm SWISSFK08 SWISSFK08WH SWISSFK08GY 4000
Flexi Corner Key 10mm SWISSFK10 SWISSFK10WH SWISSFK10GY 2700
Flexi Corner Key 12mm SWISSFK12 SWISSFK12WH SWISSFK12GY 3500
Flexi Corner Key 14mm SWISSFK14 SWISSFK14WH SWISSFK14GY 3000
Flexi Corner Key 16mm SWISSFK16 SWISSFK16WH SWISSFK16GY 2800
Flexi Corner Key 18mm SWISSFK18 SWISSFK18GY SWISSFK18WH 2500
Flexi Corner Key 20mm SWISSFK20 SWISSFK20GY SWISSFK20WH 2000
Flexi Corner Key 22mm SWISSFK22 SWISSFK22GY SWISSFK22WH 1700
Flexi Corner Key 24mm SWISSFK24 SWISSFK24GY SWISSFK24WH 1500
New DGS Swiss Corner Key available in 12
14 16 18 and 20mm versions - titan grey
or black
Description Code Corner Key
Black
Code Corner Key
Titan Grey Box
Standard Corner Key 12mm SWISSCKEY12BK SWISSCKEY12GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 14mm SWISSCKEY14BK SWISSCKEY14GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 16mm SWISSCKEY16BK SWISSCKEY16GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 18mm SWISSCKEY18BK SWISSCKEY18GY 2000
Standard Corner Key 20mm SWISSCKEY20BK SWISSCKEY20GY 2000
New Corner Keys for Swisspacer
Swisspacer Flexi Corner Key available in 8
10 121416 18 20 22 and 24mm
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
11 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Swisspacer Gas Fill Keys
DGS Swiss Gas Key 16 and 20mm version
The lsquowith holersquo version and lsquowithout holersquo
version look very similar
Swisspacer Gas Key 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Gas Key
no Hole Black Code Gas Key
no Hole Grey
Code Gas Key
no Hole White
Code Gas Key with hole
Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
16mm
SWISS
DGK16BK
SWISS
DGK16GY
SWISS
DGK16WH
SWISS
DGKW16
SWISS
DGKW16GY
SWISS
DGKW16WH 1000
Accessories
20mm
SWISS
DGK20BK
SWISS
DGK20GY
SWISS
DGK20WH
SWISS
DGKW20
SWISS
DGKW20GY
SWISS
DGKW20WH 1000
DGS Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 16mm and 20mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSDGKPGY SWISSDGKPBK 1000 SWISSDGKPWH
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 16 and 20mm
version
DGS Swiss Gas Key Plug 12 14 and 18mm
version
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve Swiss GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug Swiss GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Swisspacer
Swiss Gas Sleeve and Gas Sleeve Plugs
Description
Code Gas Key
with hole Black
Code Gas Key
with hole Grey
Code Gas Key
with hole White Box
Accessories
12mm
SWISS
GKW12
SWISS
GKW12GY
SWISS
GKW12WH 3000
Accessories
14mm
SWISS
GKW14
SWISS
GKW14GY
SWISS
GKW14WH 2400
Accessories
18mm
SWISS
GKW18
SWISS
GKW18GY
SWISS
GKW18WH 2300
Gas Fill Corner Keys for Swisspacer in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Key Plug Swiss SWISSGKPGY SWISSGKPBK 1000 SWISSGKPWH
Plugs for Swisspacer Gas Keys in Sizes 12mm 14mm and 18mm
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
12 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
This is a single sealed unit but when
glazed appears to be 4 smaller units
Swiss Georgian Bar with Centre
Swiss Georgian End
Optimum Sizing
In order to ensure optimum grille rigidity the maximum recommended length of Swiss bar irrespective of spacer size between key centres is 500 mm
Duplex Grille Spacer Bar -
- is a dedicated bespoke unfoiled Swiss Spacer Bar specifically produced for internal
decorative elements only The stainless steel moisture barrier has been removed thereby
improving U values and weight The spacer bar is not suitable for general sealed unit
fabrication
Description Black Grey White Box
Swiss Duplex Bar 12mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK12 SWISSDBGY12 SWISSDBWH12 168 lengths
Swiss Duplex Bar 16mm x 3m length SWISSDBBK16 SWISSDBGY16 SWISSDBWH16 120 lengths
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1220 SWISSGBBK20 SWISSGBGY20 SWISSGBWH20 378m
Swisspacer Georgian Bar 3m 1224 SWISSGBBK24 SWISSGBGY24 SWISSGBWH24 336m
Swisspacer Duplex System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 18mm
Swisspacer Duplex Staple Edge Key
The Swiss Duplex Key Systems are a unique bespoke systems that enables the fabrication
of one sealed unit but give the appearance of multiple sealed units within the perimeter
sealed unit spacer frame
The design is available in 2 sizes for narrow and wide stick on Georgian Bar
For absolute peace of mind the Georgian range of standard round colour coded buffers
are readily available for 16mm and 20mm cavity sealed units
Description Black Grey White Box
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1220 SWISSGBCBK20 SWISSGBCGY20 SWISSGBCWH20 300
Swisspacer Georgian Bar Centre 1224 SWISSGBCBK24 SWISSGBCGY24 SWISSGBCWH24 250
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1220 SWISSGBEBK20 SWISSGBEGY20 SWISSGBEWH20 2000
Swisspacer Georgian Bar End 1224 SWISSGBEBK24 SWISSGBEGY24 SWISSGBEWH24 1800
An Exclusive DGS Product Compatible with
Double Face Georgian Bar System
Swisspacer
Duplex Plain
Centre 14mm
Sealed Unit Cavity
Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key Nipple Edge Key (Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer 16mm
Round Buffer 20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 14 Grey SWISSDC115X14 SWISSDE115X14
20mm 155 x 14 Grey SWISSDC155X14 SWISSDE155X14
16mm 115 x 14 Black SWISSDC115X14B SWISSDE115X14B
20mm 155 x 14 Black SWISSDC155X14B SWISSDE155X14B
16mm 115 x 14 White SWISSDC115X14W SWISSDE115X14W
20mm 155 x 14 White SWISSDC155X14W SWISSDE155X14W
Sealed Unit
Cavity Key Size Colour Plain Centre Key Staple Edge Key
Nipple Edge Key
(Hole Dia 5mm)
Round Buffer
16mm
Round
Buffer
20mm
Quantity per carton 200 400 400 200 200
16mm 115 x 18 Grey SWISSDC115X18 SWISSDE115X18
20mm 155 x 18 Grey SWISSDC155X18 SWISSDE155X18
16mm 115 x 18 Black SWISSDC115X18B SWISSDE115X18B
20mm 155 x 18 Black SWISSDC155X18B SWISSDE155X18B
16mm 115 x 18 White SWISSDC115X18W SWISSDE115X18W
20mm 155 x 18 White SWISSDC155X18W SWISSDE155X18W
14mm
18mm
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
13 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Ultra Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance
Outside stainless steel = 15 WmdegK
Inside APB Polymer = 016 WmdegK
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Frames with corner keys
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors and corner keys
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Cartons (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Box
Chromatech Ultra 5m 12mm with steel key SSBCU120BKSK SSBCU120DGYSK SSBCU120WHSK 640m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 14mm with steel key SSBCU140BKSK SSBCU140DGYSK SSBCU140WHSK 560m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with steel key SSBCU160BKSK SSBCU160DGYSK SSBCU160WHSK 480m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 18mm with steel key SSBCU180BKSK SSBCU180DGYSK SSBCU180WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with steel key SSBCU200BKSK SSBCU200DGYSK SSBCU200WHSK 400m
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) Stillages (Steel Connectors)
Description Black Grey White Stillage
Chromatech Ultra 5m 16mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU16BKSKST SSBCU16DGYSKST SSBCU16WHSKST 6720m
Chromatech Ultra 5m 20mm with
steel key in stillage SSBCU20BKSKST SSBCU20DGYSKST SSBCU20WHSKST 7680m
Chromatech Ultra is available in
black RAL 9004 grey RAL 7040 and
white RAL 7035
Chromatech Ultra Spacer Bar (5m) is availa-
ble in stillages (steel connectors)
Chromatech Ultra is bendable on all current
bending machines
Chromatech Ultra Warm Edge Spacer Bar from
APB Polymer with stainless steel back - an excellent combination
Strong impervious vapourmoisture barrier Unlike tapes not easily damaged
Rigid high grade stainless steel base
Bendable on existing bending machines
Consistent close tolerance dimensions - corner keys and connectors will always
fit
Low thermal transmittance
Minimal thermal expansioncontraction ensures long unit durability
Extra small more frequent perforations ensure good airflow and dust resistance
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
14 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Warm Edge - Chromatech Ultra
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corners
Description Code Box
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 12mm SSBCUSC120 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 14mm SSBCUSC140 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 16mm SSBCUSC160 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 18mm SSBCUSC180 5000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connector 20mm SSBCUSC200 4000
Chromatech Ultra Straight Connectors
Chromatech Ultra Corner Key
Description Black Grey Box Light Grey
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 12mm SSBCUCK120BK SSBCUCK120DGY 5000 SSBCUCK120GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 14mm SSBCUCK140BK SSBCUCK140DGY 5000 SSBCUCK140GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 16mm SSBCUCK160BK SSBCUCK160DGY 5000 SSBCUCK160GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 18mm SSBCUCK180BK SSBCUCK180DGY 5000 SSBCUCK180GY
Chromatech Ultra Corner key 20mm SSBCUCK200BK SSBCUCK200DGY SSBCUCK200GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key
Description Black no
Hole
Black with
Hole
Grey no
Hole
Grey with
Hole
Light Grey
no Hole
Light Grey
with Hole Box
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 12mm
SSBCUGK
120BK
SSBCUGKW
120BK
SSBCUGK
120DGY
SSBCUGKW
120DGY
SSBCUGK
120GY
SSBCUGKW
120GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 14mm
SSBCUGK
140BK
SSBCUGKW
140BK
SSBCUGK
140DGY
SSBCUGKW
140DGY
SSBCUGK
140GY
SSBCUGKW
140GY 5000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 16mm
SSBCUGK
160BK
SSBCUGKW
160BK
SSBCUGK
160DGY
SSBCUGKW
160DGY
SSBCUGK
160GY
SSBCUGKW
160GY 4000
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 18mm
SSBCUGK
180BK
SSBCUGKW
180BK
SSBCUGK
180DGY
SSBCUGKW
180DGY
SSBCUGK
180GY
SSBCUGKW
180GY 3500
Chromatech Ultra
Gas Key 20mm
SSBCUGK
200BK
SSBCUGKW
200BK
SSBCUGK
200DGY
SSBCUGKW
200DGY
SSBCUGK
200GY
SSBCUGKW
200GY 3000
Chromatech Ultra Gas Corner Key Plug
Description Gas Key Plug
Grey
Use Plug
Black Box
Chromatech Ultra Gas Key Plug 12mm for all sizes GKP51 GKP51BK 5000
Description Code Grey Code Black Box Code White
Gas Sleeve for Chromatech Ultra GKSSS GKSSSBK 1000 GKSSSWH
Gas Sleeve Plug for Chromatech
Ultra GKP4472 GKP4472BK GKP4472WH 1000
Sleeves and Sleeve Plugs for Chromatech Ultra
Warm Edge Gas Sleeve GKP4472 and Gas
Sleeve Plugs GKP4472 suitable for
Chromatech Ultra and Swisspacer
Gas Fill Plug 51
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
15 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Chromatech Plus Straight Connector
CONSIDERABLY reduced cold-bridging in the IG-unit
Compare
Heat conduction for stainless steel 15 Wm2K
Heat conduction for aluminium 160 Wm2K
Features
1-2degC higher surface temperature on the glass
Condensation minimized
Damage on the frame prevented
Reduced the heat loss
Relevant to the most modern window design
Minimal gas leakage amp minimal moisture penetration
Complies with the latest relevant EU standard (pr) EN 1279
Characteristics
for ldquoWarm Edgerdquo CHROMATECH Plus Spacer Bar
Thermal values
Low thermal transmittance = 143 Wm K (Aluminium 200)
Cr - Ni - Steel (stainless steel) 14301
Low Y (Psi) value
Higher surface temperature on the glass
Minimal condensation
Uw improvement of 01 - 02 Wm2 K
IG-unit System
No system risk
Fulfilment of EN 1279 part 2 and 3
No chemical condensation (fogging)
High frame stability
No shape and material changes secures long durability
Workability
Bending with empty spacer bar
Bending with pre-filled spacer bar
High productivity
Also suitable for models
Accessories Connectors
Can be supplied in all RAL and NCS colours
Spacer BarSystem cost Excellent value for money
Type Code Box
Chromatech Plus 5m 12mm SSBCP115 720m
Chromatech Plus 5m 14mm SSBCP135 630m
Chromatech Plus 5m 16mm SSBCP155 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 18mm SSBCP175 540m
Chromatech Plus 5m 20mm SSBCP195 450m
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar (5m)
Description Code Box
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 12mm SSBCPSC115 2500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 14mm SSBCPSC135 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 16mm SSBCPSC155 2000
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 18mm SSBCPSC175 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector 20mm SSBCPSC195 1500
Chromatech Plus Straight
Connector
Chromatech Plus Spacer Bar from
Gas Fill Sleeves
For gas fill sleeves use ones recommended for standard aluminium spacer bar See page
22
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Warm Edge - Chromatech Plus
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
16 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Super Spacer
What is Super Spacer
Super Spacer is a flexible structural foam with built in desiccant It is supplied in sizes
from 5mm to 20mm It can be used to manufacture sealed units using any glass type to
suit almost any requirements
There is an adhesive layer on each edge of the strip to locate the spacer in the correct
position relative to the edge of the glass This adhesive layer securely fixes the strip and
once the second piece of glass is positioned the unit can be handled immediately and
moved to a suitable place for application of standard edge sealant
An operator working alone supplied with clean correctly sized glass can make any size or
shape of unit quickly accurately and efficiently There is no need to store and handle long
lengths of bar there is no waste no need for additional desiccant no corner keys no
drilling or filling no cutting to length with hacksaws and no mess
Itrsquos easymdashitrsquos cost effective and itrsquos stress free
Size Light Grey Charcoal Length
50mm SSR050 SSR050BK 610m
65mm SSR065 SSR065BK 458m
80mm SSR080 SSR080BK 336m
95mm SSR095 SSR095BK 305m
125mm SSR125 SSR125BK 244m
160mm SSR160 SSR160BK 206m
175mm SSR175 SSR175BK 183m
200mm SSR200 SSR200BK 153m
Super Spacer Reels (for
enhanced economy)
Additional Colours (Reels only)
Super Spacer is available in black (at a surcharge) and white (at a surcharge)
Size Charcoal Length
055mm SS055 20m
075mm SS075 20m
095mm SS095 20m
115mm SS115 20m
125mm SS125 20m
145mm SS145 20m
155mm SS155 20m
175mm SS175 20m
195mm SS195 20m
Super Spacer 20m Flexibar
Packs - charcoal only
Super Spacer Flexibar Pack
Warm Edge - Super Spacer
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
17 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Filling and Gas Testing
TestOxy 2 Hand Held Gas Tester
Manufacturers who have passed EN1279 parts 2 and 3 for gas filled units are required to
test gas concentration levels on a regular basis to maintain their certification and ensure
continued consistency of quality
The latest addition to the Inagas range of gas testing equipment has been designed to
give an accurate analysis of gas concentration in insulated glass units at a realistic price
The TestOxy 2 instrument is easy to use and powered by batteries which can be
recharged using the supplied charger
The TestOxy 2 can be used with all types of gas argon krypton xenon and mixed gasses
and will enable the user to comply with the testing requirements of EN1279
The lsquoSmartfillrsquo range of gas filling equipment
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment uses the latest in touch screen technology
giving the operator complete control over the gas filling process
Features
Visual indication of gas filling process
Gas percentage settings
Pressure set up
Low gas supply alert
Overfill timer
Unit counter
Alarm control
Onoff control
The Smartfill range of gas filling equipment is supplied with the new SmartStart filling
lance This is fitted with a onoff control button so that the operator can start the gas
filling process from the lance without the need to return to the gas machine The lance
body incorporates an LED light which illuminates green during filling and red on
completion after 30 seconds it turns off The operator can identify immediately whether a
unit is still filling or is completely filled Production efficiency is increased and errors
eliminated
Patent Pending
Specifications
Dimensions H407mm x W540mm x D656mm
Power supply 13A
Touch screen control
Visual and audible signals on completion of fill
Unit counter
One hole or two hole filling options
Vertical or horizontal filling options
Ability to vary gas flow to suit hole size
Alert when gas bottle empty
Fill times (Unit size 122cm x 610cm x 155mm)
One hole filling 95 seconds two hole filling 62 seconds
Models in the Inagas range
Smartfill 1 - 1 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 2 - 2 line argon gas filler
Smartfill 4 - 4 line argon gas filler
Smartfill high speed 1 and 2 line argon filler
Multifill 1 and 2 line kryptonxenon gas filler
TestOxy 2 hand Held Gas Tester
Smartfill 1 Gas Filling Machine
Smartstart filling lance
Smartfill 2 Gas Filling Machine
Smartfill 2 - Typical Display
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
18 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Bendable Spacer Bar with Connector Inserted (5m)
Alupro bendable spacer bar is manufactured to have the mechanical characteristics
required for automated manufacture A special alloy and temper ensure that the corners
are smooth and well formed Special straight connection keys and corner keys are
available for use with this bar
Alupro Bendable bar
Alupro Bendable Bar with Steel
Connector Inserted
Alupro Bendable Bar in Stillage
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Stillages
Size Code
Anodised
m per
Stillage
Code
Mill Finish
115mm BBAPLA115WKST 10600 BBAPLMF115WKS
155mm BBAPLA155WKST 7950 BBAPLMF155WKS
195mm BBAPLA195WKST 6360 BBAPLMF195WKS
Why Stillages
Productivity the product is easier to handle and productivity is improved ie less
unpacking Fork lift handling is easy
Environment there is less waste packing material
Economics stillage is recycled Cardboard needs to be disposed of at a cost
Size Code Mill Finish Code
Anodised Code White Painted
Code Gold
Code Painted Black
Bronze RAL 9017
m per
Box
055mm BBAPMF055WK BBAPA055WK - - - 3000
075mm BBAPMF075WK BBAPA075WK - - - 2400
095mm BBAPMF095WK BBAPA095WK BBAPWH095WK BBAPGD095WK BBAPBN095WK 1800
115mm BBAPLMF115WK BBAPLA115WK BBAPWH115WK BBAPGD115WK BBAPBN115WK 1500
135mm BBAPLMF135WK BBAPLA135WK BBAPWH135WK BBAPGD135WK BBAPBN135WK 1300
155mm BBAPLMF155WK BBAPLA155WK BBAPLWH155WK BBAPLGP155WK BBAPBN155WK 1100
175mm BBAPLMF175WK BBAPLA175WK BBAPWH175WK BBAPGD175WK BBAPBN175WK 1000
195mm BBAPLMF195WK BBAPLA195WK BBAPLWH195WK BBAPLGP195WK BBAPBN195WK 900
Bendable Spacer Bar with Steel Connector Inserted (5m) in Cartons
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
19 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Plastic Connector for Alupro
Bendable Spacer Bar
Straight Steel Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Steel Connector 55mm BBSC055 2500
Straight Steel Connector 75mm BBSC075 2500
Straight Steel Connector 95mm BBSC095 2500
Straight Steel Connector 115mm BBSC115 2500
Straight Steel Connector 135mm BBSC135 2500
Straight Steel Connector 155mm BBSC155 2000
Straight Steel Connector 175mm BBSC175 1500
Straight Steel Connector 195mm BBSC195 1500
Straight Plastic Connectors for Bendable Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Straight Plastic Connector 115mm BBAPC115 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 135mm BBAPC135 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 155mm BBAPC155 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 175mm BBAPC175 1000
Straight Plastic Connector 195mm BBAPC195 1000
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
20 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
The Product
Standard version Alupro induction welded aluminium spacer bar is suitable for manual
sealed unit assembly bendable versions are for use on automatic assembly lines
The Benefits
Manufactured to extremely fine tolerances on high technology equipment
Absolutely rigid with non torsional flex
Continuously ventilated with superb breathing characteristics
Guaranteed adhesion every time
Simple to drill for Georgian frames
Standard height throughout the entire range
High technology brings you the best tube at the best price
Ex-stock delivery
Available in mill finish natural anodised dark bronze gold and white
Standard Spacer Bar in Cartons (4m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Mill Finish Anodised Brown
painted
Gold White Metres
per
Box
55mm SBAPLMF055 SBAPLA055 SBAPBN055 SBAPGD055 SBAPWH055 2400
75mm SBAPLMF075 SBAPLA075 SBAPBN075 SBAPGD075 SBAPWH075 1920
95mm SBAPLMF095 SBAPLA095 SBAPBN095 SBAPGD095 SBAPWH095 1440
115mm SBAPLMF115 SBAPLA115 SBAPBN115 SBAPGD115 SBAPWH115 1200
135mm SBAPLMF135 SBAPLA135 SBAPBN135 SBAPGD135 SBAPWH135 1040
155mm SBAPLMF155 SBAPLA155 SBAPBN155 SBAPGP155 SBAPWH155 880
175mm SBAPLMF175 SBAPLA175 SBAPBN175 SBAPGD175 SBAPWH175 800
195mm SBAPLMF195 SBAPLA195 SBAPBN195 SBAPGP195 SBAPWH195 720
Standard Spacer Bar in Stillages (5m lengths)
DGS Product Codes
Size Anodised Mill Finish Metres per
stillage
155mm SBAPLA1555ST SBAPLMF1555ST 7950
195mm SBAPLA1955ST SBAPLMF1955ST 6360
Alupro Standard Bar (5m) in Stillage
Alupro Standard Bar is available in a number
of colours and finishes
Induction Welded Aluminium Spacer Bar
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
21 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Alupro - Standard Spacer Bar
Standard Corner Key
Flexi Corner Key
Standard Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar (Black)
Item Code Bag Size Box Size
Standard Corner Key 055mm CKAP055BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 075mm CKAP075BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 095mm CKAP095BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 115mm CKAP115BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 135mm CKAP135BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 155mm CKAP155BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 175mm CKAP175BK 1000 5000
Standard Corner Key 195mm CKAP195BK 1000 4000
Flexi Corner Keys for Standard Spacer Bar
Item Code Box Qty
Flexi Corner Key 55mm FK055 1000
Flexi Corner Key 75mm FK075 1000
Flexi Corner Key 95mm FK095 1000
Flexi Corner Key 115mm FK115 1000
Flexi Corner Key 135mm FK135 1000
Flexi Corner Key 155mm FK155 1000
Flexi Corner Key 175mm FK175 1000
Flexi Corner Key 195mm FK195 1000
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
22 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components for Standard Spacer
Gas Corner Keys (with hole or without hole)
Size Code with
hole (Grey)
Code with
hole (Black)
Code without
hole (Grey)
Code without
hole (Black) Bag Qty Use plug
Code Plug
(Grey)
Code Plug
(Black) Bag Qty
055mm GKW055 GKW055BK GK055 GK055BK 1000 36mm GKP36 GKP36BK 1000
075mm GKW075 GKW075BK GK075 GK075BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
095mm GKW095 GKW095BK GK095 GK095BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
115mm GKW115 GKW115BK GK115 GK115BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
135mm GKW135 GKW135BK GK135 GK135BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
155mm GKW155 GKW155BK GK155 GK155BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
175mm GKW175 GKW175BK GK175 GK175BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
195mm GKW195 GKW195BK GK195 GK195BK 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
235mm GKW235 - GK235 - 1000 51mm GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Dim A Dim B Dim A Dim B Dim C
65mm 67mm 80mm 58mm 725mm 53mm
50mm 51mm 77mm 445mm 71mm 43mm
Gas Sleeves and Plugs for Aluminium Spacer
Sleeve Details Plug Details
Dia of Drill Hole Sleeve Grey Sleeve Black Box Qty Plug Grey Plug Black Box Qty
65mm GKS68 GKS68BK 1000 GKP51 GKP51BK 1000
50mm GKS GKSBK 1000 GKP4472 GKP4472BK 1000
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
Gas Fill Plug 51
Gas Fill Plug 4472
Gas Fill Sleeves GKS and GKS68
Gas Plug 36mm for 55mm Spacer
Gas Fill Corner Key No Hole
Gas Fill Corner Key with Hole
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
23 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex Systems for Standard Spacer Bar
Duplex Key System
Both the duplex key system and the double faced spacer bar are designed to create the
illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add a profile to
the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
For the duplex key system normal spacer bar is used whereas the double faced system
uses a specific double faced bar
For information on the double face system please see page 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Duplex Centre Keys
Size Centre Key 18mm Box Centre Key
2425mm Box
Centre Key
30mm Box
075mm SBCK07518 600 SBCK07524 600 - -
95mm - - SBCK09524 350 - -
115mm - - SBCK11524 300 SBCK11530 150
155mm - - SBCK15524 230 SBCK15530 100
175mm SBCK17518 250 SBCK17525 200 - -
195mm SBCK19518 220 SBCK19524 170 - -
Note that sizes 95 x 18mm 115 x 18mm and 155 x 18mm centres are absent here For these sizes use the
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System below
Duplex Edge Keys
Size Edge Key 18mm Box Edge Key
2425mm Box
Edge Key
30mm Box
075mm SBEK07518 3700 SBEK07524 3700 - -
95mm See note - SBEK09524 2500 - -
115mm See note - SBEK11524 2000 SBEK11530 300
155mm See note - SBEK15524 1500 SBEK15530 200
175mm SBEK17518 1500 SBEK17525 1300 - -
195mm SBEK19518 1300 SBEK19524 1200 - -
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18mm DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18mm DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18mm DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
Duplex Centre Keys
Duplex Edge Keys
Duplex System Uses Standard Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
24 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Size Code Mill Finish Bar Code White Bar Code Clear
Anodised
Code Clear
Bronze
Box
metres
095 x 18 DFSB3MF095X18 DFSB3WH095X18 DFSB3A095X18 DFSB3BZ095X18 408
115 x 18 DFSB3MF115X18 DFSB3WH115X18 DFSB3A115X18 DFSB3BZ115X18 366
155 x 18 DFSB3MF155X18 DFSB3WH155X18 DFSB3A155X18 DFSB3BZ155X18 240
Double Face Standard Spacer Bar
This is an alternative to the duplex key system Double face spacer bar is designed to
create the illusion of individual double glazed units where the manufacturer wants to add
a profile to the outside of the glass to create a traditional Georgian effect window
This suite of components comprises a number of sizes of double face bars and plastic
centres and ends to suit
For information on the alternative duplex system please see page 23
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page
12
Double Face Spacer Bar
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced Key System
Size Code Centre Key Box Code End Key Box
095 x 18 DUCK095X18 200 DUEK095X18 400
115 x 18 DUCK115X18 200 DUEK115X18 400
155 x 18 DUCK155X18 200 DUEK155X18 400
These components comprise centres and end keys which can be used in duplex or double
face applications
DGS Universal DuplexDouble Faced
Key System
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
25 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Shop Floor Checks The minimum glass temperature and ambient workshop temperature should be at least 15deg
C Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on adhesion performance This advice applies to all hot melt
sealants
Fenzi Hotver 2000 is available in 6kg
cartons and 200kg drums
One component hot melt sealant for insulating glass units Part of the
DGS lsquoTry before you buyrsquo schemersquo
FENZI HOTVER 2000 is the fastest growing IG Hot Melt brand in the UK We at DGS are
totally convinced of the performance benefits of our latest generation Fenzi hot melt
sealant and would like to invite you to participate in our minimal obligation trial so that
you can evaluate the many benefits this sealant can have for your business
This is why we invite you to participate in our DGS - Fenzi try before you buy trial
Application Field
Hotver 2000 is a thermoplastic hot applied sealant especially formulated for
sealing insulating glass units it is very fast setting allowing a quick output of double glazed units
Surplus product is recyclable and can be re-warmed for later use
Hotver 2000 sealant is totally solvent free and can be used either for the
production of single seal or dual seal ig units
Hotver 2000 sealant is suitable for both manual and robotic application
technologies
Technical Characteristics
Hotver2000 Hot Melt Sealant
Base Butyl Rubber
Colour Black
Consistency Solid mass
Application Application surfaces must be clean dry and free from fatty residues Hotver 2000 should be
applied at a temperature between 165 degC and 185 degC using an appropriate extruder
Setting Time Approximately 30 minutes depending on working environment
Adhesion
Excellent on glass aluminium stainless steel galvanized steel Peel strength 180deg to glass with
cohesive failure 120N25mm Application surface must be clean dry and free from fatty residue
Compatibility Compatibility with all materials which might eventually come in contact with Hotver 2000 shall
be verified before usage For details please contact salesdgsgroupcouk
Storage 12 months in the original containers in dry and well ventilated environments at a temperature
between +10 degC and + 30 degC
Product Classification Classified as not dangerous according to current regulations
Packaging Available in 6kg cartons and 200kg drums
Physical Characteristics
Viscosity (180 degC) 100 plusmn 20Pa s PP Oslash 25mm
Density (20 degC) 110gcm3 DIN 53217
Moisture Vapor Transmission Rate 006gm224hrsmiddot2mm EN 12794
Gas Permeation on Films 232 x 10-3gm2hrs EN 12794
Elongation at Yield approx 20 EN 12794
Stress at Yield approx 02MPa EN 12794
Stress 018MPa plusmn 20 EN 12794
Volatile Content (70 degC) Max 03 EN 12796
Product Code Unit Size
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt 6kg HMFENZI6 65kg block
Fenzi Hotver 2000 Hotmelt drum 200kg HMFENZI200 200kg drum
Codes
Improved
Rheology
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
26 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell silicone pads See
page 46
We sell nozzle guides for
hot melt machines See
page 46
Typical Performance Data (approx)
Moisture Vapour Transmission rate Very low
Application Temperature From +185oC to +200oC
For further details please contact your local
DGS sales office
Bostik 5000 hot melt butyl sealant has been specifically formulated for use in the
production of insulating glass units Bostik 5000 is a single part butyl rubber based
sealant which when applied at the correct temperature sets quickly from its molten state
allowing units to be moved from their assembly location between two and five minutes
after application Units can therefore be sealed and glazed within the same day Bostik
5000 has a high output and fast heat loss enabling optimum turn round of unit
production The combination of these properties also means that corner defects can be
easily avoided thereby ensuring a complete seal around the unit
Features
Compatible with all types of manual dispensing equipment currently available
Quick-setting from the molten state
Clean application with no wastage
No cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
Can be used as a secondary seal in conjunction with a PIB primary sealant such
as Bostik 2000
Convenient pack size for easy storage
Bostik 5000 Hot Melt
Hot Melt Sealant
Kommerling Hot Melt
Solvent-free one component sealant
Sealing insulating glass units
Very low water vapour and gas transmission rate
Good adhesion to glass aluminium and galvanized or stainless steel
Technical Data
Base Colour Consistency
Synthetic Rubber Black Rigid material processable only at elevated temperatures (170degC to 180degC)
Preparation
Surfaces to be bonded should be dry clean and free from dirt or grease If washing
machines or other certified equipment are not available we recommend Korasolv GL as a
cleaning agent
Density approx 118 gcmsup3 DIN 53 379 +23degC
Peel Resistance ge 4 Nmm Kommerling Test Method
Gas Permeability lt001 gmsup2h EN 12794
Water Vapour Transmission Rate lt02 gmsup2d EN12794
Volatile Content le 1 EN 12796 annex G
Fogging Without visual fogging EN 12796 annex C
MVI 155cmsup310 min DIN ISO 1133 2 16kg +180degC
Bonding
Kodimelt IG is delivered ready for use It is processed using adequate tank or barrel
melting equipment Recommended processing temperature is approx +170degC + 180degC
Special Notes
Store in a cool dry place Kodimelt
IG may be stored at room
temperature for at least 24
months
Product Code Carton
Size
Kodimelt
IG HMKODIMELT65 65kg
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
27 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Hot Melt Sealant
Did you know
We can supply hot melt machines and a
range of other machinery from our
partner Atlantic Machinery Please
contact your local branch for more
information
Product Characteristics
Packaging 65kg block
Constitution A blend of butyl rubber with other synthetic polymers and resins
which contain no volatile materials
Colour Black
Form Rubbery solid
Density 119 gcm2
Shelf life
Storage
At least 12 months from date of manufacture when stored unopened
in a cool dry place within the temperature range +5oC to +25oC
Codes
The quality Sealant with the competitive edge
Bostik P5125 Hot Melt Butyl Edge Sealant is a single part 100 solids compound
specifically designed for the edge sealing of factory produced double glazing units
Hot Melt P5125 Butyl Insulating Glass Sealant
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5125 HMBP512565 65kg
Shop Floor Checks Bostik advise that glass
temperature and ambient workshop
temperature should be at least 15degC Lower temperatures can have an adverse effect on
adhesion performance This advice applies to
all hot melt sealants
Hot Melt 5200
Bostik 5200 provides superior slump resistance moisture barrier and very low gas leak-age rate
Features
Latest development based on market leading technology
Formulated specifically to meet the demands of the North American and European
markets
Compatible with all spacer systems
Superior extensibility and movement accommodation
Product Code Carton
Size
Bostik
5200 HMB520065 65kg
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
28 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
2 Part Sealant
Emcepren 200 LD Polyurethane Insulated Glass
Sealant
Product properties and application
solvent free two-component polyurethane sealant for edge sealing of all types of
insulated glass units
gives primerless adhesion to glass and spacer bars
its rheological properties ensure trouble-free application with both automatic and
manual application systems
Technical Data for EMCEPREN 200 LD Insulated Glass Sealant
Density approx 175 gcm3
Mixing ratio
by volume
by weight
Base Hardener
100 10
100 63
Pot life at 23deg C 40 - 50 minutes
Tack free at 23deg C
Foil method (according to BS 3712 Part 3) 60 - 80 minutes
Shore A after approx 3 hours approx 25
End shore A gt 45
Water vapour transmission according to EN
1279 part 2 4
Gas loss rate according to EN 1279 Part 3 040 per year
Product properties EMCEPREN 200 LD
Colour Black
Packaging 22 litre set
Storage Up to six months when stored at room temperature in original unopened containers
Safety advice
The hardener component contains Isocyanates Please pay attention to the EU safety data sheet Avoid contact with skin eyes and mucous membrane When working with hardener component
wear gloves and safety glasses Uncured material should not come in contact with foodstuff In case
of skin contact wash well with soap and water
Product Code Set Size
Emcepren 200 LD 22 litre PUEMCEPREN22 22 litre
Code
Thiover is a polisulphide sealant especially formulated for insulating glass Thiover is
produced in different viscosities in order to suit the individual requirements of the
operator and of the equipment in use Thiover is totally solvent free and can be used
either for the production of single seal or dual seal panels
Technical Characteristics
Product Code Set Size
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre PSFENZI210 210 litre
Colour
Part A (base) Part B (catalyst)
Mixture (A+B)
Ivory Black
Anthracite
Mixing ratio
by volume by weight
10010 10095
Storage
9 months in the original containers It is recommended to store
Thiover in dry well ventilated rooms with an ambient tempera-ture between +10 degC and +30 degC
Packaging
210 litre kit (191l + 19l)
371kg (339kg + 32kg) Other packaging size could be discussed Please contact your
local DGS branch
Thioverreg lsquoTwo-component polysulphide sealant
for insulating glassrsquo
Thioverreg 2 part Poysulphide Sealant 210 litre
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
29 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Primary Sealant PIB Tape
DGS PIB Tape Applicator - Please call your local
branch for more information
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 4 x 7kg slug
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant
Bostik 2000 Primary Sealant is a compound polyisobutylene hot melt sealant specifically
formulated for use in the production of dual seal insulating glass units It should always
be used in conjunction with a suitable secondary seal The resulting seal units are then
capable of complying with the test requirements laid down in prEN 1279 parts 2 and 3
excellent adhesion to glass aluminium galvanised steel and metal and plastic
corner keys
very low moisture vapour transmission rate
very low gas permeability
acts as a thermal break
easy application by standard dispensing equipment
no cleaning or purging of dispensing equipment required
can be used as a spacer bar adhesive
Product Code Unit
Bostik 2000 PIB PIBE29007 7kg block
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units
Technical Data
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
Product Code Roll lengthbox
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 30m per roll
100 rolls per box
Butylverreg Primary Sealant
Fenzi Butylverreg is a one part polyisobutylene PIB based material totally solvent free
especially formulated for use as the primary seal in double sealed units
Fenzi Butylverreg PIB allows for minimum water vapour and gas permeation
Butylverreg has excellent adhesion properties to glass and metal spacer systems and can
be used together with Fenzi Thioverreg Polysulphide and other conventional secondary
sealants
Application temperature between 130deg C and 150deg C
Moisture vapor transmission maximum 003 (gm2 - 24hr-2mm) in accordance to
EN 12794
Product Code Unit (Box
Qty)
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 7kg PIBFENZI28 4 x 7kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 25kg PIBFENZI25 1 x 25kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant Slug 1kg PIBFENZI1 1 x 1kg slug
Fenzi Butylver PIB Sealant 1kg
slugs are particularly suited to use
with the Atlantic Machinery small butyl extruder For more
information contact DGS sales or
visit
wwwatlantic-machinerycouk
Fenzi Butylverreg Primary Sealant 25kg slug
DGS PIB (Primary Insulating Butyl) Tape
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
30 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant
Desiccant
New Superior E Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Aring Molecular Sieve has been specifically developed for use in insulating glass
production
The product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems
Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and
glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 and EN 1279-3 and
manufactured to ISO 9001 2000 quality management systems
Superior E Grade as used in automated line
Reach compliant for peace of mind
High k (Potassium) content 3A Sieve
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc =
200
Specifically developed for use in insulating glass production in conjunction with
solvent free sealants
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg boxes and 150kg drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 25kg box DESGME25
DGS Glasmol E Desiccant 150kg steel drum DESGME150
Glasmol E 150kg drum
Glasmol E 25kg box
Standard CE Grade Desiccant
DGS 3Å Molecular Sieve is our standard product Again the product is suitable for all gas filling types and solvent free sealant systems Low dew points are achieved over a long period of time to minimise pane deflection and glass breakage This product is fully compliant with EN 1279-2 EN1279-3 and manufactured to ISO 90012000 quality management systems
DGS 3A Glasmol Molecular Sieve is a mixture of zeolites and natural desiccants The product is fully activated for immediate application These homogenous dust free beads are suitable for all insulated glass systems including gas filled
Standard CE Grade
Standard moisture adsorption capacity according to DIN EN 1279-2 Annex D Tc
= 20
Achieves low dew point temperatures over a very long period of time to minimise
pane deflection and the danger of glass breakage
Recommended for air-filled and gas filled insulating glass units
Available in 25kg bag in boxes and 150kg steel drums
Manufactured to ISO 90012000 Quality Management Systems
Extremely competitively priced
Product Unit Code
DGS Glasmol CE Desiccant 25kg box DESGMCE25
Desiccant
Glasmol CE 25kg box
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
31 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Desiccant Dispensers
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This machine is designed to dispense large volumes of desiccant with or without an
optional vibration unit
Fills between 12 and 24 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 60kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip bushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 500 x 330 x 1480mm
Stand available
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
This dispenser is designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar and is
available with or without a stand
Designed to keep fresh and fill smaller quantities of spacer bar
Available with or without a stand
Fills between 4 and 8 spacer bars at one time
Hopper capacity 30kg
Airtight lid rubber seals and strip brushes prevent loss and deterioration of
desiccant
Optional vibrator unit for small profiles
Dimensions 350 x 330 x 1250mm
Stand available
Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
Small Wall Mounted Desiccant Dispenser
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
32 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Stillage Stillage
Quantity
Stillage Code Stillage
Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBAP1808WHST 5700m GB2508WHST 3600m
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBAP1808WWST 5700m GB2508WWST 3600m
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Aluminium Painted Georgian Bar (3m) in Stillages
Colour Code 18 x 8 Box Code 25 x 8 Box
White 9016 GBAP1808WH
285m GB2508WH
192m
Warm White 9010 GBAP1808WW 285m GB2508WW 192m
BlackWhite 9016 GBF1808BKWH 285m GBF2508BKWH 192m
Black grained GBF1808BKG 285m GBF2508BKG 192m
Cream GBF1808CRF 285m GBF2508CRF 192m
CreamWhite 9016 GBF1808CRFWH 285m GBF2508CRFWH 192m
Grey White 9016 GBF1808GYWH 285m GBF2508GYWH 192m
Irish oak GBF1808IO 285m GBF2508IO 192m
Irish oakwhite 9016 GBF1808IOWH 285m GBF2508IOWH 192m
Irish oakwhite 9010 GBF1808IOWW 285m GBF2508IOWW 192m
Light oak GBF1808LO 285m GBF2508LO 192m
Light oakwhite 9016 GBF1808LOWH 285m GBF2508LOWH 192m
Light oakwhite 9010 GBF1808LOWW 285m GBF2508LOWW 192m
Mahogany GBF1808MY 285m GBF2508MY 192m
Mahoganywhite 9016 GBF1808MYWH 285m GBF2508MYWH 192m
Mahoganywhite 9010 GBF1808MYWW 285m GBF2508MYWW 192m
Rosewood GBF1808RW 285m GBF2508RW 192m
Rosewoodwhite 9016 GBF1808RWWH 285m GBF2508RWWH 192m
Rosewood white 9010 GBF1808RWWW 285m GBF2508RWWW 192m
Aluminium Georgian Bar (3m) in Cartons
Other foiled and powder coated colours availablemdashcontact your local DGS Sales office with
RALRenolit number
Georgian Bar
New product - Georgian bar in Irish oak
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
33 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 23
Drilled Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WH GBDC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WW GBDC2508WW 200
Brown GBDC1808BN GBDC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBDC1808CR GBDC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBDC1808WG GBDC2508WG 200
Light Oak grain GBDC1808LO GBDC2508LO 200
Georgian Bar
Rubber Inserts for Drilled Centres
Colour Code ROUND Code SQUARE Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBRIWH GBRISWH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBRIWW GBRISWW 200
Brown GBRIBN GBRISBN 200
Light Oak GBRILO GBRISLO 200
Mahogany GBRIWG GBRISWG 200
All rubber inserts are available in 115mm 155mm and 195mm and are compatible for use with DGS Duplex
Systems Please specify the size when placing your order
Fully Assembled Drilled Centres and Buffers IN BAGS
Item Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Size
ROUND hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCA1808WH GBDCA2508WH 150
ROUND hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCA1808WW GBDCA2508WW 150
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9016) GBDC1808WGWH - 200
ROUND hole Mahogany White (Ral 9010) GBDC1808WGWW - 200
ROUND hole Light Oak White GBDC1808LOWH - 200
SQUARE hole White (Ral 9016) GBDCSA1808WH GBDCSA2508WH 150
SQUARE hole Warm White (Ral 9010) GBDCSA1808WW GBDCSA2508WW 150
SQUARE hole Mahogany GBDCSA1808WG GBDCSA2508WG 200
SQUARE hole Light Oak GBDCSA1808LO GBDCSA2508LO 200
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
34 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Square Cut Centres for Aluminium Georgian Bar
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
White (Ral 9016) GBSC1808WH GBSC2508WH 200
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBSC1808WW GBSC2508WW 200
Brown GBSC1808BN GBSC2508BN 200
Cream (Ral 1015) GBSC1808CR GBSC2508CR 200
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WG GBSC2508WG 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LO GBSC2508LO 200
Irish Oak Grain GBSC1808IO GBSC2508IO 200
Georgian Bar
Square Cut Centres for Dual Coloured (12 wrap) Georgian Bar
For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one of the centres below and centre clip
Colour Code 18 x 8 Code 25 x 8 Bag Qty
Mahogany Woodgrain GBSC1808WGP GBSC2508WGP 200
Light Oak Grain GBSC1808LOP GBSC2508LOP 200
White Centre Clip GBCC1808WH GBCC2508WH 100
Georgian Bar Ends
Item Code 18 x
8mm Code 25x 8mm Bag Qty
18 x 8 White (Ral 9016) GBE1808WH GBE2508WH 300
18 x 8 Warm White (Ral 9010) GBE1808WW GBE2508WW 300
18 x 8 Brown GBE1808BN GBE2508BN 300
18 x 8 Light Oak GBE1808LO GBE2508LO 300
Georgian bar ends connect Georgian bar to spacer bar For ends to suit
mahogany and rosewood bar please use brown
Georgian Bar Ends
Square Cut Centres for use with Aluminium
Georgian Bar 18mm x 8mm White centre
clip For dual coloured (12 wrap) Georgian bar you need one centre and centre clip
New product - Centre in Irish oak
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
35 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Item Code Bag Qty
Staple Ends 18x8 Clear GBSEDGS1808CL 1000
Staple Ends 25x8 Clear GBSEDGS2508CL 1000
Staple ends are for use with automatic staple machines
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 18mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC195 1000
Georgian Bar Staple Ends
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends
Saddle Clips
Staples
Item Code Bag Qty
Staples standard box GBSTAPLEBEA16 5000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clips
Item Code Box Qty
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
White GBSAD1808WH 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 18 x 8
Brown GBSAD1808BN 1000
Georgian Bar Saddle Clip 25 x 8 White
GBSAD2508WH 1000
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
End Fixing Pins
For pin gun see page 52
Square Cut Self Centering Staple Ends 25mm System
Item Code Bag Qty
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 115mm GBSEC25115 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 155mm GBSEC25155 1000
Square Cut Self Centring Staple End 195mm GBSEC25195 1000
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
36 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Did you know
We sell duplex and double
face systems which use
spacer bar as Georgian
bar See pages 12 and 24
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 25 x 8 Drilled Centres
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25WW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKIT25BN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25WW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 25 x 8 GBKEYKITS25BN 1 kit
Item Kit Code Quantity
ROUND hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWH 1 kit
ROUND hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITWW 1 kit
ROUND hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITBN 1 kit
SQUARE hole white (Ral 9016) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWH 1 kit
SQUARE hole warm white (Ral 9010) 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHWW 1 kit
SQUARE hole brown 18 x 8 GBKEYKITSHBN 1 kit
150 pieces 150 pieces
+ +
300 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Square Cut
Item Kit Code Quantity
White (Ral 9016) GBKEYKITSCWH 1 kit
Warm White (Ral 9010) GBKEYKITSCWW 1 kit
Brown GBKEYKITSCBN 1 kit
+
300 pieces 150 pieces
Georgian Bar Accessory Kits 18 x 8 Drilled Centres
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
37 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Georgian Bar
Germanella lsquoPrsquo Georgian Bar (3m)
DGS Germanella P Georgian bar is an aesthetically pleasing light section bar Its cross
section is 9 x 55mm It is currently available in gold and chrome finishes
Item Code Bar Length
Metres per Box
Germanella P Georgian Bar Gold GBGPGD 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Chrome GBGPCH 3m 210
Germanella P Georgian Bar Accessories
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Gold) GBGPMCGD 100
Germanella P Metal Cross Cover (Chrome) GBGPMCCH 100
Germanella P Metal End (Gold) GBGPMEGD 200
Germanella P Metal End (Chrome) GBGPMECH 200
Germanella P Plastic Cross Insert (Black) GBGPPCBK 500
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (long clip) GBGPPELCL 800
Germanella P Plastic End Connector (short clip) GBGPPESCL 800
Germanella P Plastic Centre Piece (Gold) GBGPPCGD 200500
Germanella P Plastic Staple End GBGPPSECL 800
Solid Centre (Gold)
4-Way Plastic Key
Metal Cross Cover (Gold)
Aluminium End Connector (Gold)
Germanella P in Gold and Chrome
End connector long clip and short clip
Staple End
Item Code Box Qty
Germanella P Decorative Lily Gold GBGPDLGD 50
Germanella P Decorative Diamond Gold GBGPDDGD 50
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
38 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian Bar
Varsavia Georgian bars are Qualicoatreg and Qualanodreg certified and suitable for any domesticcommercial applications Three sizes available cover any Georgian rectangular and patterned requirements in RAL or foiled finishes
Item Code
End Connector GBV1808T
Item Code
End Connector GBV4508T
Item Code
End Connector GBV2608T
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV2608KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV4508KR
Item Code
Assembling set with round pin Oslash 4mm
GBV1808KQ
Item Code Box Qty Finish
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808LO 255 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808MY 255 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WW 255 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWLO 255 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 18 x 8 GBV1808WWMY 255 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608LO 204 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608MY 204 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WW 204 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWLO 204 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 26 x 8 GBV2608WWMY 204 Warm White and Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508LO 102 Light oak
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508MY 102 Mahogany
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WW 102 Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWLO 102 Light Oak and Warm White
Varsavia Georgian Bar 45 x 8 GBV4508WWMY 102 Warm White and Mahogany
Georgian Bar
Transom Keys
Edge Keys
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
39 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Bespoke Georgian Grille
Georgian Grilles to your specification delivered
within a week
All grilles constructed using a spacer bar width and colour of your choice
No charge for colour variants (except for straight grilles)
Sizes available include 18 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 34 x 8mm and 45 x 10mm For
other sizes please call
Precision produces joints stapled to avoid twisting in sealed unit
All products manufactured in compliance with BS EN ISO 90012000
Straight grilles available in 18 x 8mm and 25 x 8mm
Warm edge spacer systems available or Swiss Ultimate in colours and a range
of sizes
Golden Oak Mahogany Brown Gold White RAL 9016
(for RAL 9010 please call)
These five colours are available in all designs
Step 1 Send us your
enquiry
Wersquoll need to know
Your company name
Your fax number
Contact name
The pattern code or details of
your design including required sizing
The quantity required
The profile size 18mm or
25mm
The profile colour
The spacer size
The spacer colour
The unit size Is that the
glass size or spacer face to spacer face
Just fax your enquiry
to your local DGS branch
Step 2 Wersquoll get a quote back to you in
about an hour
Step 3 Place your order
Step 4 Wersquoll manufacture to your
requirements and dispatch within 5 working days
Arch 1 Arch 2 Arch 3 Gothic Gothic Double Border 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
Sunburst 1 Sunburst 2 Sunburst 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
Border 1 Border 2 Straight Grille
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip25 x 8mm
Shaped Sunburst 4 Top1 Top 3
18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm 18 x 8mm
25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm 25 x 8mm
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
40 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Universal Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Universal Lead 12mm LED1250 50 4
DGS Universal Lead 90mm LED0950 50 5
DGS Universal Lead 60mm LED0650 50 6
DGS Universal Lead 45mm LED04550 50 7
This is DGSrsquos most popular range This is the highest quality lead strip utilising only
premium quality acrylic adhesive for faultless performance on the most demanding
decorative applications
Antique Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Antique Lead 12mm LEDA1250 50 4
DGS Antique Lead 90mm LEDA0950 50 5
DGS Antique Lead 60mm LEDA0650 50 6
DGS Antique Lead 45mm LEDA04550 50 7
This is the next generation of decorative lead strip ready aged and with guaranteed
corrosion resistance
Brass Lead
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Brass Lead 90mm LEDBS0950 50 5
DGS Brass Lead 60mm LEDBS0650 50 6
DGS Brass Lead 45mm LEDBS04550 50 7
This is a highly decorative product for special installations It is particularly effective
when used with bevels in conservatory applications
Platinum Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS Platinum Lead 90mm LEDPO950 50 5
DGS Platinum Lead 60mm LEDPO650 50 6
DGS Platinum Lead 45mm LEDPO650 50 7
1 Note platinum and white colours are available to order
White Lead1
Product Code m per reel Reels per box
DGS White Lead 90mm LEDWO950 50 5
DGS White Lead 60mm LEDWO650 50 6
Universal Lead
Rubber Lead Roller See page 53
Boning Peg See page 53
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
41 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Decorative Products
Lead Adhesive Remover
Glassmaster 116Pro UV Light Adhesive
Lead Adhesive Remover
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover is a cost effective reliable product used for removing
excessive lead adhesive
This is the only remover to effectively remove excess adhesive from the glass
whilst avoiding damage to the decorative film
Other less aggressive products do not lift the excess adhesive As a consequence
the adhesive residue can deposit itself on glass washer brushes causing contamination that can lead to smearing on the glass
The more effective the remover the less product is required a 500ml container of
DGS Lead Adhesive Remover will out-perform competitorsrsquo 1000ml products
This product is available in new user-friendly trigger action plastic bottle to
improve productivity and reduce wastage
It has been in use for over 15 years with absolutely no qualityreliability issues
reported in the field
This is the only product able to remove all other residual adhesives such as bevel
glue and film adhesive
Product Code Bottle Size
Lead Adhesive Remover LEDAR500 500ml
Glassmasterreg 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive
Glassmaster safe-to-bond Pro is a high quality white light curing adhesive It is designed
to offer superior performance and long life It has been specially formulated to be easy to
use any surplus adhesive can be easily wiped clean
Product Code Bottle
Size
Glassmaster 116 Pro UV Light Bevel Adhesive BAPRO116 200g
Coloured Films
Only the finest quality polyester based materials and UV stable inks are used in the
making of Stained Glass Art Film colour effects and textures and they are guaranteed
not to fade crack or de-laminate
They also feature a three layer construction with built-in UV filters to give them
excellent weathering performance The specially formulated top laminate layer protects
the inks increases UV resistance and maintains a high level of scratch resistance
With Stained Glass Art Film designs can be created that benefit from over 90 UV
filtration when complete coverage of the glass is achieved providing the comfort that
furnishings are protected from fading in direct sunlight
Technical Details
Sheet Size 460mm x 660mm approx
Temperature range -46oC to 135oC
UV Filtration 90 to 95 ASTM E903
Colour stability All products rate 8+ on blue wool scale
IG Unit performance Conforms to fogging requirements of EN1279
Weathering 1000 hours ASTMG154-00
Stained Glass Art Film also acts as a
safety film when 100 coverage of
a piece of untempered glass is
achieved in accordance with the US
safety glass standard ANZI Z971-
1984
As these materials have been used
throughout the worldmdashfrom the
heat of the Australian outback to
the cold and damp of a Russian
wintermdashwith no reported failures
our supplier is confident in giving a
10 year guarantee and an estimated
life expectancy of over 25 years
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
42 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Foams
Product Code Unit Cans per box
Expanding Foam Cleaner EFDGSC500 Can 500ml 12
TradeSeal PU Expanding Foam Cleaner
Soudafoam B3
Soudafoam 1K B3 is a one-component self expanding ready to use polyurethane foam
with CFC-free propellants which are completely harmless to the ozone layer
Uses Installation of window- and doorframes filling of cavities sealing of all openings in
roof constructions creation of a soundproof screen mounting and sealing of window- and
doorframes connecting of insulation materials and roof constructions application of a
soundproofing layer on motors and improving thermal insulation in cooling systems
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Soudafoam SOUDAFOAMC600 Tube 600ml 25
TradeSeal PU Expanding Hand Held Foam
Description DGS PU Expanding Hand Held Foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based
expanding foam for general construction and home improvement applications
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around duckwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Aerosols
per Box
Expanding Hand Held Foam EFTSHAND Aerosol 750ml 12
TradeSeal Expanding Foam for Use with Guns
Description TradeSeal expanding foam is an easy-to-use Polyurethane based expanding
foam for general construction and home improvement applications It must only be used
with a gun grade applicator or NBS system dispensing gun
Uses It is ideal for -
filling large irregular or awkward gaps where the foam will expand to completely
fill the cavity
fixing window and door frames and boards
insulating between brickwork and cladding around ductwork and through cavities
carrying pipes and cables
backing as a joint backing material it can be used with all types of sealants
Product Code Unit Cans per
Box
Expanding Gun Grade Foam EFTSGUN Can 750ml 12 We stock expanding foam guns for this
product See page 53
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
43 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Product Code Unit
DGS glass washer resin 25 litres GWRNM60 25 litres
Ionacreg NM-60 Ion Exchange Resin for Glass Washer Demineralising Systems
lonac NM-60reg Glass Washer Resin 25 litres is a high quality resin mixture for direct purification of water It can be used in glass washing machines to remove salts from the water which may otherwise cause streaking lonac NM-60reg is a highly regenerated mixed bed ion exchange resin consisting of a 11 chemically equivalent mixture of a type 1 strong base anion exchange resin and a strong acid cation exchange resin lonac NM-60reg is specially treated for high conversion and low TOC to meet the most exacting standards of high purity water industry The resin mixture is ready for the use without regeneration lonac NM‑60reg is especially suitable in glass washer demineralization systems
Note Exposure to the atmosphere for more than half an hour approx can result in
substantial quantities of carbon dioxide which can affect the performance of the product
Bags should be opened shortly before use and unused part bags re-sealed carefully The
product should not be left in direct sunlight
TradeSeal Glass Cleaner
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner is a smear-free glass cleaner specially formulated for fast
and effective use on windows glass doors mirrors display cabinets etc
Product Code Unit
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 25 litres GC25 25 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 5 litres GC5 5 litres
DGS TradeSeal Glass Cleaner 1 litre GC1 1 litre
Aerosol Glass Cleaner
DGS glass cleaner is a general purpose alcohol and water based product On spraying it
gives a clear alcoholicperfumed colourless liquid Its high alcohol content makes it
suitable for removing dirt grease oil atmospheric film contaminates and finger marks
from windows glass and mirrors
Product Code Unit Box Qty
DGS aerosol glass cleaner GCEA Can 650ml 12
Steel Wool
Product Code Unit
Metallic Steel Wool 000 grade SW500 Roll 450g
Cleaning Paper
Product Code Unit
Cleaning paper 2 ply white CP2PLYBN roll
Cleaning paper antistatic white CPAWH roll
Cleaning Paper Small White CPSSWH roll
White colour 2 Ply tear off sheet style cleaning tissues Made from 100 recycled
materials 280mm wide x 400 metres long 2 rolls per pack shrink wrapped Pack
quantity - 42 packs x 2 rolls
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
44 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Evo-Stik Solvent Cleaner 2 and Cleaner 3
Product Code Unit
Evo-Stick Cleaner 2 CTE12425 Can 5 litre
Evo-Stick Cleaner 3 CTE1245 Can 5 litre
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (SuperGlue)
Product Code Unit Bottles per
Box
DGS Superglue 50g SGDGS50 Bottle 50g 25
DGS Superglue 20g SGDGS20 Bottle 20g 25
Evo-Stik Adhesive Cleaner is fast and effective in removing residue from solvented
adhesives - able to tackle wet or dry adhesives
TradeSeal Cyanoacrylate Adhesive (superglue) 20 or 50 gram bottles Ideal fro UPVC
trims drainage caps and can also be used for all other types of works
Soudal Swipex Multi-Purpose Wipes
Soudal Swipex multi purpose wipes are quick convenient and highly affective They can be used to hands tools and surfaces
Extra extra large cleaning wipes
Can be used to clean hands tools and surfaces
Works with silicone MS polymer PU Foam and adhesives
Quick easy and safe to use
Recommended for removal of all uncured Fix ALL products
More effective than soap and water
A safe alternative to white spirits
Product Code Unit Box qty
Soudal Swipex Wipes SWIPEXWIPES 80 wipes 6 cartons
Description A high strength quick grab building adhesive with gap filling properties that
adheres to all common building surfaces and replaces nails and screws in a multitude of
applications
Uses Fixes skirting boards decorative wall paneling door surrounds timber and PVC
cladding floorboards timber framework worktops window sills floor grippers and metal
edges carpets brick veneer moldings ceramics plaster board cork laminates
automotive trims and much more Can be used on rough or smooth surfaces inside and
out
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Soudal Glue screws SOUDAGRIP Tube 310ml 25
Soudagrip Glue Screws Bonding Adhesive
Product Code Unit
Empty Spray Bottle ESB each
Empty Spray Bottle
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
45 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is designed for the assembly of PVCu window sill caps and other
components The bond develops rapidly to give excellent adhesion
Bostik Evo-Stik 8924 is a gel which makes it ideal for application to the narrow surface
areas of PVCu profiles
PVCu Adhesive for Bonding PVCu Window
Components
Product Code Unit Box qty
Bostik EvoStik 8924 Clear ADH8924CL Tube 130ml 24 tubes
Bostik EvoStik 8924 White ADH8924WH Tube 130ml 24 tubes
TradeSeal Activator
Description TradeSeal SX Activator is used to accelerate the cure speed of Cyanoacrylate
Adhesives on porous acidic and difficult to bond surfaces
Product Code Unit Aerosols per
box
Tradeseal Activator SGDGSA Aerosol 400ml 12
PVCu Solvent Cleaner PVCu Cream Cleaner
Description DGS PVCu Solvent Cleaner is a heavy duty cleaner for PVCu profile
It removes mastic sealant grease and dirt
Product Code Unit Bottles per box
PVCu Solvent Cleaner SC1 Bottle 1 litre 12
PVCu Cream Cleaner CCUPVC Bottle 1 litre 12
Silicone Spray
DGS aerosol silicone is a rich silicone spray (8 silicone) offering
Clean
Low toxicity
Ozone friendly
It is a multi-purpose lubricant and release agent temperature stable in excess of
250 deg C and is specifically designed for the double glazing industry It is
colourless odourless and stainless Friction is dramatically reduced when DGS
silicone spray is applied Use on saw blades slides hinges and woolpile etc to
provide easy movement and long lasting slip and slide It can be used to help the
installation of gasket DGS silicone spray has many waterproofing applications
Product Code Unit
DGS aerosol silicone spray SSDGSA Aerosol 400 ml
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
46 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Miscellaneous
High Release Silicone Pads
Foam Protection Pads
Cork Protection Pads
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
DGS High Release Silicone Pads
Size Code Unit Pads per Bag
100x 64 SP100X64 Bag 5
Hot Melt Nozzle Guides
Product Code Unit
Nozzle Guide 6mm NG06BS each
Nozzle Guide 8mm NG08BS each
Nozzle Guide 10mm NG10BS each
Nozzle Guide 12mm NG12BS each
Nozzle Guide 14mm NG14BS each
Nozzle Guide 16mm NG16BS each
Nozzle Guide 18mm NG18BS each
Nozzle Guide 20mm NG20BS each
Foam Protection Pads
Product Code Pads per Roll
Foam Protection Pad 3 x 23 x 25 (Green) PP32325 1000
Foam Protection Pad 4 x 18x 23 High density (Blue) PP42318 10000 (jumbo roll)
Cork Protection Pads
Product Code Unit
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 White CPADWH 1000
Cork Protection Pad 19 x 19 x45 Black CPADBK 1000
Cartridges Plungers and Nozzles
Product Code Box Qty
Empty Cartridges EC 140
Empty Cartridge Nozzle ECN 140
Empty Cartridge Plunger ECP 140
High quality solid brass Nozzle Guides
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
47 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic
Decoratorsrsquo flexible caulk filler For sealing and filling gaps and cracks
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Caulk Acrylic ACRDGSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone
High Modulus Sealant to ISO 11600 F12E For general use in bathrooms
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone Clear SANTSCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Sanitary Silicone White SANTSWH Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive
Strong durable bonding adhesive Suitable for bonding mirrors and decorative and acoustic tiles
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Mirror Adhesive SILMA Tube 310ml 25
TradeSeal LMN Silicone
Low modulus alcoxim silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Brown SILTSNCBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone Clear SILTSNCCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Silicone White SILTSNCWH Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Mod Neutral Cure Rosewood SILTNCRW Tube 310ml 25
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
48 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Sealants
TradeSeal LMA Silicone
Low modulus acetoxy silicone For sealing around windows and door frames
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Black SILTSLMBK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Brown SILTSLMBN Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Bronze SILTSLMBZ Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Clear SILTSLMCL Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone Oak SILTSLMOK Tube 310ml 25
DGS TradeSeal Low Modulus Silicone White SILTSLMWH Tube 310ml 25
Fixall Crystal Clear
Ready to use polyurethane based adhesive and filler which replaces traditional mortar based adhesives Ready to
use without mixing which saves time effort and money Paintable Fast curing Can be applied to damp
surfaces Excellent thermal and acoustic insulation properties DIN 4102 B2 Fire rated Available in Gun Grade and patented hand held versions
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive Crystal Clear FIXALLCC 290ml 12
Silirub 2
Low modulus neutral cure silicone Virtually odourless Very fast skinning time and final cure (very low dirt pick
up) Solvent free formulation no shrinkage during curing Thick bodied for ease of use Excellent break off and
tooling Primerless adhesion on all common construction materials (glass plastics masonry substrates metals and wood) High movement capability Resistant to UV rain snow and ozone and many chemicals High and
low temperature resistance
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Silirub 2 Silicone Clear SILIRUB2CL Tube 310ml 24
Silirub 2 Silicone Brown SILIRUB2BR Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone Oak SILIRUB2OK Tube 310ml 15
Silirub 2 Silicone White SILIRUB2WH Tube 310ml 15
Fixall High Tack
Fix ALL High Tack is a high quality single component joint sealant with high adhesive strength and initial tack It
is based on MS-Polymerreg
Product Code Unit Tubes per box
Fixall Adhesive High Tack White FIXALLHTWH 290ml 12
Fixall Adhesive High Tack Black FIXALLHTBK 290ml 12
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
49 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
PIB Tape Applicator
The applicator will accept
any width of spacer bar 4
metre bar lengths of
spacer are simply pushed
through the machine This
will apply the butyl tape to
both sides of the spacer
The bar can then be cut to
the required size filled
with desiccant and used to
fabricate the frame The
backing paper can be
removed when required
Primary Seal PIB Tape
PIB Tape Applicator
Aluminium Foil Tape
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38 micron thickness (475m rolls)
This is an aluminium foil tape thickness 38 microns with a permanent acrylic pressure
sensitive adhesive Aluminium foil lsquos efficiency as a barrier to moisture gases and light
is well known Thicknesses above 25 microns are impermeable The adhesive has a
combination of properties high peel good tack and shear resistance This tape is
particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollsbox
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 25mm ATSW25 48
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 30mm ATSW30 40
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 38mm ATSW38 32
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 43mm ATSW43 24
Self Wound Aluminium Foil Tape 50mm ATSW50 24
Primary Seal PIB Tape
Item Code Reelscarton
PIB tape 35mm 30m roll PIBTAPE35 100
For use when fabricating sealed units to EN1279 Part 3 - Gas Retention
DGS offer a simple and effective way to use PIB primary seal tape without the need for
expensive equipment PIB is an effective barrier against gas loss for both hot melt and 2
part edge sealants
DGS PIB Tape is a butyl rubber two sided self adhesive tape reinforced with a cotton
mesh for stability This unique tape has been developed for spacer bar used in insulated
glass units Application can be by hand or using a simple tape applicator
Size 06mm x 3mm x 30m
Packing 100 rolls per box
Specific gravity 135
Non volatile content 996
Tensile adhesion 192 Ncm2
Tested to EN1279 UVFogging Norm
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
50 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tapes
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
DGS Spacer Bar tape is a high quality product which has been tested to BS5713
resistance to ultra-violet radiation when in use with hermetically sealed units
Item Code Reelscarton
Spacer Bar Tape 35mm DST35 160
Double Sided Spacer Bar Tape
Protection Tape
DGS Protection Tape is a low tack tape which can be readily removed after use without
leaving any residue
Item Code Rollscarton Roll
Protection Tape 1rdquo (25mm) PT01 48 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape 2rdquo (50mm) PT02 24 Rolls 50m
Protection Tape
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
This is a laminated polythene cloth tape coated with aggressive pressure sensitive
adhesive particularly suitable for protecting sealed units
Item Code Rollscarton
Laminated Cloth Tape 25mm CT25 48
Laminated Cloth Tape 30mm CT30 40
Laminated Cloth tape 35mm CT35 32
Laminated Cloth tape 38mm CT38 32
Laminated Cloth tape 44mm CT44 24
Laminated Cloth tape 50mm CT50 24
Laminated Poly Cloth Tape (50m rolls)
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
51 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
DGS Pin Gun Pins
Toyo Self Oiling Glass Cutter TC17
Toyo Glass Cutter with Metal HandleTC17a
Toyo Glass Cutter with Plastic HandleTC20
Double pad lifter
New DGS Pin Gun
New DGS Pin Gun
Fast simple cost effective solution available now and compatible with aluminium
stainless steel and proprietary warm edge spacers
This new innovative system replaces traditional staple fixing systems with a simple steel
pin that eliminates potential cracking of warm edge spacer bar furthermore the need to
preload the spacer bar with desiccant is eliminated This enables manufacturers to
fabricate decorative sealed units and charge them with desiccant just prior to unit
assembly and sealing total flexibility is assured
Check these features
The need to pre-load spacer bars with desiccant is eliminated
Potential cracking of spacer bar is eliminated
Suitable for aluminium stainless steel and warm edge spacer bars
Operation is fast and simple
Required air pressure for operation 4 - 6 bar
Potential cost savings of up to 30
Try before you buy offer is available
Product Code Box Quantity
New DGS Pin Gun GBPINGUN 1 (single)
New DGS Pin Gun Pins GBPINS 20000
Product Code
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17 Plastic Handle GCTC17
Toyo Glass Cutter TC17a Metal Handle GCTC17A
Toyo Glass Cutter TC20 GCTC20
Glass Cutters
Pad Lifters
Product Code Max lifting capacity
Double pad lifter DPL 60kg
Triple pad lifter TPL 100kg
Product Code
Suction lathe 1500mm SL1500
Suction lathe 2500mm SL2500
Safe and accurate straight line cutting edge for one person operation Quick suction
action with easy turn screw These items are available lsquoto orderrsquo
Suction Lathes
Suction Lathes
Triple pad lifter
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
52 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Product Code Unit
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device GM0471 Each
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device
The Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring Device enables you to measure the thickness
of the glazing unit in situ ie in the frame
The Glas-o-Meter also features an optical device for measuring the thickness of the glass
This items is available lsquoto orderrsquo
Glas-o-Meter Glass Thickness Measuring
Device
Red Chinagraph pencils are available
ex-stock All other colours are available to
order
Product Code Unit
5m tape measure TM05 each
Tape Measure (5m)
Features
High quality shockproof rubber casing
Clear and easy to read graduations in metric and imperial units
Available in 5m x 25mm
Product Code Box qty
Chinagraph pencils red CP 12
Chinagraph pencils
This is the leading and original pencil for marking on glass acetate film china and all
polished surfaces It is made from a combination of specially selected pigments and waxes
to give an unrivalled quality
The pencil mark is impervious to water and dampness but may be removed with a dry
cloth
All colours conform to the Pencils and Graphic Instruments (Safety) Regulations 1974
Other colours available on request
Powerlock Tape measure
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife)
Product Code Unit
PVCu Window Knife (Moon Knife) MK each
Putty Knife
Product Code Unit
Putty Knife PK each
Skeleton Gun
Product Code Unit Box Qty
Skeleton Gun SG Each 12
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
53 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Tools
Stanley Knife
Product Code Unit
Stanley Knife SK each
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades
Product Code Box Qty
Heavy Duty Stanley Blades SBHD1992 100
Razor Blades Single Edged
Product Code Box Qty
Razor Blades Single Edged RBSE 100
Stanley Scraper
Product Code Unit
Stanley Scraper SS each
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun
Product Code Unit
Expanding Foam Applicator Gun EFDGSAG Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Product Code Unit
Rubber lead roller RLR Each
Boning Peg
Product Code Unit
Boning Peg BP Each
Rubber Lead Roller
Boning Peg
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
54 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
List of Appendices
Appendices
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs 55
Energy Saving Trust 55
Default Window Specification 56
Notes on Gas Fill Components 57
Gas Fill Components - A Summary 58
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained 59
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
55 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
National Window Energy Ratings Scheme WERs
The British Fenestration Rating Council (BFRC) in conjunction with the UK glazing industry
and European partners has designed a window rating system to meet the need for simple
and accurate information system which can be used to provide energy efficiency
information that is easily understood and can be used to compare fenestration products
The simple lsquoU valuersquo does not fulfil these requirements because it only focuses on the heat
loss from the window and takes no account of the solar heat gain through windows which
can improve the overall energy efficiency of the house From 1 October 2010 all newly
manufactured windows are required to attain at least a lsquoCrsquo rating on the BFRC system
Window Energy Rating
The BFRC provides third party certification for the total thermal performance of windows
using a lsquofair accurate and crediblersquo assessment scheme Window energy rating
allows consumers to rapidly compare the energy efficiency of competing products
allows specifiers to select windows based on a validated performance figure
allows legislators and others to ensure that fitted windows meet the legal
requirements
allows energy agencies to direct support to energy efficient products
provides a method to link thermal window performance to other thermal
assessment systems
The A-G Scale
Windows are rated using the A to G scale on the basis of their total energy efficiency
where an A-rated window is more energy efficient than a G-rated window Consumers and
specifiers can quickly and easily choose the most suitable window for their needs The
system can be used to verify that legal requirements are met and energy agencies can
verify that window meets their criteria for support
Calculating the Rating
The Window Energy rating assesses the whole window energy performance and covers
the frame material the frame design the glass type and all the other components that
make up the window The rating is carried out by computer simulation of the product to
European Standards and the use of climate data and building models This gives a single
number that can be used to compare the energy performance of a window simply and
quickly
Energy Saving Trust
The Energy Saving Recommended logo has been developed by the Energy Saving Trust to
distinguish the most energy efficient products on the market
The Energy Saving Trust is an independent non-profit making organisation backed by the
Government Its aim is to cut emissions of carbon dioxide (CO2) the main greenhouse
gas causing climate change by promoting the sustainable and efficient use of energy
Since 1 October 2010 only windows with a lsquoBrsquo rating or higher are eligible to be endorsed
by the Energy Saving Trust and to use the Energy Saving Recommended logo (subject to
approval)
For more information visit wwwenergysavingtrustorguk
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
56 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
An Alternative Method
Default Window Specification
In September 2010 the BFRC announced a simple method of ensuring compliance with
the building regulations Up until this announcement it seemed that that the WERs
(Window Energy Rating scheme) which involved a computer simulation taking into
account various variables in the construction of the window was the only way of proving
building regulation compliance However this new method known as the lsquodefault window
specificationrsquo states that if a window is manufactured with a timber or PVC-U frame with
an IGU comprising soft coat low-e glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar it will
be deemed to have achieved an overall U-value of 16Wm2K and will need no further
proof of compliance The BFRC said
ldquoThe work which has been undertaken by BFRC with the detailed simulation of
thousands of window combinations and the resulting whole window U value and WER
means we can look at which combinations achieve the 16 U value It is apparent that if
you have a timber or PVC-U frame and you use an IGU comprising soft coat low E
glass 90 gas filled and warm edge spacer bar you will achieve a 16 U value
We know there are many other combinations of component which can achieve the 16 U
value however the above specification is a clear guide for FENSA registered window
installers who need a quick guide solution to be prepared for 1 October 2010 Other
solutions will achieve the required U value hard coat low E non gas filled units and all
spacers bars could still be used these alternative combinations will have to be
determined by detailed simulation or by using one of the U value calculatorsrdquo
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
57 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Notes on Gas Fill Components
Choosing a Gas Fill method
Increasingly carbon emission regulations and market forces are pushing the sealed unit
manufacturer towards gas filled units usually using argon or krypton as the gas fill
material
Three methods of gas fill are available to the manufacturer These are
Use of gas sleeves inserted into the bar
Use of special gas corner keys
Manufacture using an on-line gas press
DGS supports the first two options and is able to supply a variety of components for gas
corner key fill and sleeve fill some of these components are exclusive to DGS
Whilst the use of a line gas press is advantageous in that no holes are required and there
is no extra handling the lsquodown-sidersquo is that a sizable capital investment is required
typically set up cost for this method would be pound150k
Spacer Bar Type is a Factor
One factor considered in the choice of components is the type of spacer bar used
Aluminium spacer bar is available in two distinct types
bendable for use on automatic lines and
non-bendable using corner keys
Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using bendable bar the bar is bent to the required
dimensions and the two ends are joined using a straight connector The choice of gas fill
method is either
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Manufacture on a line gas press
Non-Bendable Spacer
To manufacture a sealed unit using non-bendable bar individual pieces of bar are joined
using corner keys When using a non-bendable type the user can choose
Use of sleeves and plugs introduced somewhere into the bar
Use of lsquogas fill corner keysrsquo
To manufacture on a line gas press
Note that using non-bendable bar gives an additional choice of injecting the gas via a lsquogas
corner keyrsquo with a hole in it
Using gas sleeves and plugs (bendable and non-bendable spacers)
To use the gas sleeve method to inject insulating gas into a sealed unit 1 or 2 small holes
must be drilled somewhere in the bar to accommodate the gas-fill sleeves The number of
sleeves required depends on the requirements of the gas filling machine gas is
introduced through the sleeve and the unit is sealed using a dedicated plug
Using gas fill corner keys and plugs (non-bendable spacers only)
Gas is introduced through a special lsquogas corner keyrsquo with a hole and the unit is sealed
using a dedicated plug Matching lsquogas corner keys without a holersquo are used in the other
corners
Specific Spacer Types - Warm Edge or Standard bar
Having chosen a sleeve or gas fill corner key option components compatible with the
spacer bar be it warm edge or standard must be chosen
Making the Decision
Now having a choice between using a gas fill sleeve or a gas fill corner key or using gas
press production how is the decision made Ultimately the decision on which method to
use is down to customer preference-
Sleeves and plugs use cheaper components but require more labour
Gas fill corner keys use more expensive components but require less labour
Gas press production does not require any holes to be drilled therefore there is
less handling but a substantial capital investment typically of pound150000 is required
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
58 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Gas Fill Components - A Summary
Gas fill sleeves for bendable and non-bendable
Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer Chromatech
Ultra
GKSSS
GKP4472
Standard Bar
Chose Diameter
65mm
GKS68
GKP4472
50mm
GKS50
GKP51
Gas fill corners for non-bendable spacer only
GKW
GKP36 for 55mm
bar GKP51 for other
sizes
Standard Bar Warm Edge Bar
Swisspacer 16 20mm
SWISSDGKW
SWISSDGKP
Swisspacer 12 14 18mm
SWISSGKW
SWISSGKP
Chromatech Ultra
SSBCUGKW
Gas plug GKP51
Summary
Non- Bendable Option
Sleevesplugs or
Gas corner keysplugs or
On line gas press
Bendable Bar
Sleeves plugs
On line gas press
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
59 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Duplex amp Double Face Systems Explained
So what are Duplex and Double Face Spacers Systems
Duplex Key Systems are designed to enable the fabrication of single sealed units which appear
to be an array of multiple sealed units
There are two possible ways of achieving this
Duplex Key Systems
These consist of end keys and centres which allow the use of two lengths of spacer bar to be
placed side by side with a small gap between After fabrication an external Georgian bar is fixed
onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar pair This gives the appearance of
multiple small sealed units being used
Double Face Spacer
This is a special spacer which has two faces Again after fabrication an external Georgian bar is
fixed onto the outside of the glass on both sides over the spacer bar
For duplex and double face systems in our standard bar range see pages 23 and 24
Details on Swisspacer warm edge duplex and double face systems can be found on page 12
This is a single
sealed unit but
when glazed appears to be
4 smaller units
Double face
spacer bar
Duplex Key System using
special keys and 2 lengths
of standard spacer bar
Face 1
Face 2
Face 2
Face 1
Swiss Georgian
(Double face) Bar
DGS offer a range of components for Swisspacer These can be used with standard Swisspacer but we also stock
Swisspacer without the moisture barrier foil thus reducing costs For duplex and double face systems in our
Swisspacer bar range see page 9
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
60 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
DGS Best Seller - Swisspacer Ultimate
Launched in 2013 SWISSPACER Ultimate is the next generation and the best
foiled warm edge spacer bar in the world
ULTIMATE was top of all leading foiled warm edge spacers for thermal performance in official tests by ift Rosenheim (WA-171
amp WA-082)
A warm edge spacer bar has to achieve the best thermal performance but it also has to maintain that performance for years by
preventing insulating gas leaking out and moisture vapour getting into the sealed unit
The ideal product design is a spacer bar material with outstanding thermal properties and a backing foil that is capable of
stopping 100 of gas and moisture vapour transmission so it can maintain its energy saving performance over many years
Ultimatersquos High Tech Gas Barrier is as good as metal backing foils such as steel or aluminium in preventing gas and moisture
vapour transmission
This catalogue is available to
download in PDF form from
our NEW website
(Launch 2014)
Swisspacer Ultimate Stock
Available from DGS the largest distributor of Swisspacer
stocking over 25 million metres of Swiss bar
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
61 DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
Swiss
Ultimate
See Page 9
for details
Scan here to visit
wwwdgsgroupcouk
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a
62 dgsgroupcouk DGS Sealed Unit Guide v0113a